Most Gracious Sovereign WE, Your Majesty's most dutiful and loyal subjects, the Commons of the United Kingdom in Parliament assembled, towards raising the necessary supplies to defray Your Majesty's public expenses, and making an addition to the public revenue, have freely and voluntarily resolved to give and to grant unto Your Majesty the several duties hereinafter mentioned; and do therefore most humbly beseech Your Majesty that it may be enacted, and be it enacted by the Queen's most Excellent Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of the Lords Spiritual and Temporal, and Commons, in this present Parliament assembled, and by the authority of the same, as follows:—
Most Gracious Sovereign
Income tax, corporation tax and capital gains tax
Income tax charge, rates etc
Income tax is charged for the tax year 2021-22.
For the tax year 2021-22 the main rates of income tax are as follows—
the basic rate is 20%,
the higher rate is 40%, and
the additional rate is 45%.
For the tax year 2021-22 the default rates of income tax are as follows—
the default basic rate is 20%,
the default higher rate is 40%, and
the default additional rate is 45%.
For the tax year 2021-22 the savings rates of income tax are as follows—
the savings basic rate is 20%,
the savings higher rate is 40%, and
the savings additional rate is 45%.
For the tax year 2021-22, the amount specified in section 12(3) of ITA 2007 (the starting rate limit for savings) is “£5,000”.
Accordingly, section 21 of that Act (indexation) does not apply in relation to the starting rate limit for savings for that tax year.
For the tax years 2022-23, 2023-24, 2024-25 , 2025-26, 2026-27, 2027-28, 2028-29, 2029-30 and 2030-31 , the amount specified in section 10(5) of ITA 2007 (basic rate limit) is “£37,700”.
For the tax years 2022-23, 2023-24, 2024-25 , 2025-26, 2026-27, 2027-28, 2028-29, 2029-30 and 2030-31 , the amount specified in section 35(1) of ITA 2007 (personal allowance) is “£12,570”.
Accordingly—for the tax years 2022-23, 2023-24, 2024-25 , 2025-26, 2026-27, 2027-28, 2028-29, 2029-30 and 2030-31 .
section 21 of ITA 2007 (indexation of basic rate limit) does not apply in relation to the basic rate limit, and
Corporation tax charge and rates
Corporation tax is charged for the financial years 2022 and 2023.
The main rate of corporation tax—
is 19% for the financial year 2022, and
is 25% for the financial year 2023.
Schedule 1 contains the following provision (with effect from 1 April 2023)—
provision for corporation tax to be charged at the standard small profits rate on profits that are not ring fence profits,
provision for marginal relief to be given by reference to the standard marginal relief fraction,
provision making corresponding amendments to Chapter 3A of Part 8 of CTA 2010 (corporation tax rates on ring fence profits), and
provision making other consequential amendments to provision made by the Corporation Tax Acts.
For the financial year 2023—
the standard small profits rate is 19%, and
the standard marginal relief fraction is 3/200ths.
Rate of diverted profits tax
In section 79 of FA 2015 (charge to diverted profits tax)—for “25%” substitute “ 31% ”.
in subsection (2)(a) (which sets the rate in a standard case), and
in subsections (3) and (3A) (which contain modifications of the rate in the case of ring fence profits or banking surcharge profits),
The amendments made by this section have effect for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 April 2023.
The remaining provisions of this section deal with a case where a company has an accounting period (a “straddling period”) beginning before 1 April 2023 and ending on or after that date.
For the purpose of calculating the amount of diverted profits tax chargeable on a company for the straddling period—are to be treated as separate accounting periods.
so much of the straddling period as falls before 1 April 2023, and
so much of it as falls on or after that date,
If it is necessary to apportion an amount for the straddling period to the two separate accounting periods, the apportionment is to be made on a time basis according to the respective lengths of the separate accounting periods.
Capital allowances: super-deductions etc
Part 2 of CAA 2001 has effect as if—
in section 39 (first-year allowances available for certain types of qualifying expenditure only) a reference to this section were included in the list of provisions describing first-year qualifying expenditure, and
in the Table in section 52(3) (amount of first-year allowances), at the end there were inserted—.
Expenditure is qualifying under this subsection if—Expenditure qualifying under this subsection is referred to as “super-deduction expenditure” and a first-year allowance made as a result of expenditure qualifying under this subsection is referred to as a “super-deduction”.
it is incurred on or after 1 April 2021 but before 1 April 2023,
it is incurred by a company within the charge to corporation tax,
it is expenditure on plant or machinery which is unused and not second-hand,
it is not within any of the general exclusions in section 46(2) of CAA 2001,
it is not special rate expenditure, and
it is not expenditure on the provision of plant or machinery for use wholly or partly for the purposes of a ring fence trade.
Expenditure is qualifying under this subsection if—Expenditure qualifying under this subsection is referred to as “SR allowance expenditure” and a first-year allowance made as a result of expenditure qualifying under this subsection is referred to as an “SR allowance”.
it is special rate expenditure,
it is incurred on or after 1 April 2021 but before 1 April 2023,
it is incurred by a company within the charge to corporation tax,
it is expenditure on plant or machinery which is unused and not second-hand, and
it is not within any of the general exclusions in section 46(2) of CAA 2001.
Expenditure is qualifying under this subsection if—
it is expenditure on the provision of plant or machinery for use partly for the purposes of a ring fence trade and partly for the purposes of another qualifying activity,
it is incurred on or after 1 April 2021 but before 1 April 2023,
it is incurred by a company within the charge to corporation tax,
it is not within any of the general exclusions in section 46(2) of CAA 2001, and
it is not special rate expenditure.
A first-year allowance made as a result of expenditure qualifying under subsection (4) is to be allocated between the ring fence trade and the other qualifying activity on a just and reasonable basis.
For the purpose of determining when expenditure is incurred for the purpose of subsection (2)(a) or (3)(b), if an amount of expenditure is incurred as a result of a contract entered into before 3 March 2021—
section 5 of CAA 2001 does not apply, and
the expenditure is instead treated for that purpose as incurred when the contract was entered into (whether or not an unconditional obligation to pay it arises on or after that date).
For the purpose of determining whether a person is entitled to a super-deduction or an SR allowance, section 67 of CAA 2001 (plant or machinery treated as owned by person entitled to benefit of contract, etc) applies as if for subsection (1)(b) of that section there were substituted—
General exclusion 6 in section 46(2) of CAA 2001 (expenditure on provision of plant or machinery for leasing) does not prevent expenditure being super-deduction expenditure or SR allowance expenditure if the plant or machinery is provided for leasing under an excluded lease of background plant or machinery for a building (as defined by section 70R of that Act).
Section 130(1) of CAA 2001 (postponement of first-year allowances on the provision of a ship) does not apply in relation to a super-deduction or an SR allowance.
In this section “ring fence trade” means a ring fence trade in respect of which tax is chargeable under section 330(1) of CTA 2010 (supplementary charge in respect of ring fence trades).
super-deduction expenditure incurred in a chargeable period that ends on or after 1 April 2023;
an additional VAT liability accruing in a chargeable period that ends on or after 1 April 2023 that is regarded as super-deduction expenditure as a result of section 236(2) of CAA 2001 (additional VAT liability generates first-year allowance).
Section 14 contains provision about counteracting tax advantages in connection with super-deductions and SR allowances (but see also Chapter 17 of Part 2 of CAA 2001 which contains other provisions about anti-avoidance).
In this section, and in sections 11 to 14—“super-deduction expenditure” and “super-deduction” are to be construed in accordance with section 9(2);“SR allowance expenditure” and “SR allowance” are to be construed in accordance with section 9(3);“additional VAT liability” has the meaning given by section 547(1) of CAA 2001.
Subsection (2) applies where a person incurs super-deduction expenditure in a chargeable period (“the relevant period”) that ends on or after 1 April 2023.
Where this subsection applies, section 9(1)(b) applies as if for “130%” there were substituted the relevant percentage.
Subsection (4) applies where a person becomes entitled in a chargeable period (“the relevant period”) that ends on or after 1 April 2023 to a super-deduction as a result of section 236(2) in respect of an additional VAT liability that is regarded (as a result of that section) as super-deduction expenditure.
Where this subsection applies, section 9(1)(b) applies as if for “130%” there were substituted—
where the person becomes entitled to the super-deduction before 1 April 2023, the relevant percentage, or
otherwise, “100%”.
For the purposes of subsections (2) and (4)(a), the relevant percentage is X% where X is determined by—
dividing the number of days in the relevant period before 1 April 2023 by the total number of days in that period,
multiplying that amount by 30, and
adding 100 to the result.
This section applies to plant or machinery in respect of which a person incurred super-deduction expenditure if a super-deduction was made in respect of some or all of that expenditure.
Where a disposal event occurs in relation to plant or machinery to which this section applies, the person who incurred relevant super-deduction expenditure in respect of it is liable to a balancing charge for the chargeable period in which the event occurs (whether or not the person is also liable to any other balancing charge for that period).
The amount of the balancing charge is, subject to subsection (6), the relevant proportion of the disposal value of the plant or machinery (see sections 61 to 63 of CAA 2001 which, among other provisions of Part 2 of that Act, contain provision about disposal values).
The relevant proportion is determined by dividing the amount of relevant super-deduction expenditure incurred in respect of the plant or machinery by the amount of total relevant expenditure in relation to it.
For the purposes of this section—super-deduction expenditure is “relevant” if a super-deduction was made in respect of it;“total relevant expenditure” in relation to plant or machinery means the sum of the following expenditure incurred in respect of it—relevant super-deduction expenditure; any expenditure in respect of which any other first-year allowance was made; any expenditure that was allocated to a pool for any chargeable period (including for the period in which the disposal event occurs).
If the disposal event occurs in a chargeable period that commenced before 1 April 2023 the amount of the balancing charge is the amount determined under subsection (3) multiplied by the relevant factor.
The relevant factor is 1.3 if the chargeable period ends before 1 April 2023.
If the chargeable period ends on or after 1 April 2023, the relevant factor is determined by—
dividing the number of days in the period before 1 April 2023 by the total number of days in that period,
multiplying that amount by 0.3, and
adding 1 to the result.
The balance of an amount of super-deduction expenditure in respect of which a super-deduction is made after deducting that super-deduction is to be treated as nil for the purposes of section 58(5)(b) and (6) of CAA 2001 (allocation of balance of first-year qualifying expenditure to a pool).
In relation to the chargeable period in which the disposal event occurred, TDR (see section 55(1)(b) of CAA 2001) for the pool to which the relevant super-deduction expenditure was allocated is to be reduced by the relevant proportion of the disposal value of the plant or machinery.
Section 135(1) of CAA 2001 (claim for deferment of balancing charges) does not apply in relation to a disposal event in respect of a ship to which this section applies.
This section has effect in relation to disposals occurring on or after 1 April 2021.
This section applies to plant or machinery in respect of which a person incurred SR allowance expenditure in a chargeable period (“the allowance period”) if an SR allowance was made in respect of some or all of that expenditure.
Where a disposal event occurs in relation to plant or machinery to which this section applies, the person who incurred relevant SR expenditure in respect of it is liable to a balancing charge for the chargeable period in which the event occurs (whether or not the person is also liable to any other balancing charge for that period).
The amount of the balancing charge is the relevant proportion of the disposal value of the plant or machinery (see sections 61 to 63 of CAA 2001 which, among other provisions of Part 2 of that Act, contain provision about disposal values).
The relevant proportion is determined by—
dividing the amount of relevant SR allowance expenditure incurred in respect of the plant or machinery by 2, and
dividing that amount by the amount of total relevant expenditure in relation to the plant or machinery.
For the purposes of this section—SR allowance expenditure is “relevant” if an SR allowance was made in respect of it;“total relevant expenditure” in relation to plant or machinery means the sum of the following expenditure incurred in respect of it—relevant SR allowance expenditure, any expenditure in respect of which any other first-year allowance was made, and any expenditure that is not relevant SR allowance expenditure that was allocated to a pool for any chargeable period (including for the period in which the disposal event occurs).
In relation to the chargeable period in which the disposal event occurred, TDR (see section 55(1)(b) of CAA 2001) for the pool to which the SR allowance expenditure in respect of the plant or machinery was allocated is to be reduced by the amount of the balancing charge.
Section 135(1) of CAA 2001 (claim for deferment of balancing charges) does not apply in relation to a disposal event in respect of a ship to which this section applies.
This section has effect in relation to disposals occurring on or after 1 April 2021.
Any relevant tax advantage that would (in the absence of this section) be obtained as a result of relevant arrangements is to be counteracted by the making of such adjustments as are just and reasonable.
Arrangements are “relevant” if—
the purpose, or one of the main purposes, of the arrangements is to obtain a relevant tax advantage, and
it is reasonable, taking account of all the relevant circumstances—
to conclude that the arrangements are, or include steps that are, contrived, abnormal or lacking a genuine commercial purpose, or
to regard the arrangements as circumventing the intended limits of relief under CAA 2001 or otherwise exploiting shortcomings in that Act.
Any adjustments required to be made under this section (whether or not by an officer of Revenue and Customs) may be made by way of—or otherwise.
an assessment,
the modification of an assessment,
amendment or disallowance of a claim (whether a claim for a first-year allowance or otherwise),
In this section—“arrangements” includes any agreement, understanding, scheme, transaction or series of transactions (whether or not legally enforceable);“tax advantage” is to be construed in accordance with section 577(4) of CAA 2001.
This section has effect in relation to any relevant arrangements entered into on or after 3 March 2021.
Capital allowances: other measures
In section 32(1) of FA 2019 (which increases the maximum amount of the annual investment allowance to £1,000,000 for the period of two years beginning with 1 January 2019), for “two years” substitute“ three years ”.
In consequence of the amendment made by subsection (1)—
in section 32(2) of that Act, for “2021” substitute“ 2022 ”,
in paragraph 2 of Schedule 13 to that Act and the heading before that paragraph, for “2021” (in each place) substitute“ 2022 ”,
in paragraph 3(3)(b) of that Schedule, for “two years” substitute“ three years ”, and
in the heading for that Schedule, for “2021” substitute“ 2022 ”.
Chapter 13 of Part 2 of CAA 2001 (plant and machinery allowances: provisions affecting mining and oil industries) is amended as follows.
Section 163 (meaning of “general decommissioning expenditure” for purposes of sections 164 and 165) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1), at the end of paragraph (a), omit “or” and insert—.
In subsection (2), for “that is” substitute “ paragraphs (a) and (b) of subsection (1) are ”.
In subsection (3A)—
in the words before paragraph (a), omit “in complying with”;
in paragraph (a), at the beginning insert “ in complying with ”;
in paragraph (b)—
at the beginning insert “ in complying with ”;
at the end omit “or”;
in paragraph (c)—
at the beginning insert “ in complying with ”;
at the end insert
After subsection (3A) insert—
After subsection (3AA) (inserted by subsection (6) of this section) insert—
In each of subsections (4ZA) and (4ZB), for “subsection (1)” substitute “ subsection (1)(a) or (b) ”.
After section 163 insert—
The amendments made by this section have effect in relation to expenditure incurred on or after 3 March 2021.
In Part 2 of CAA 2001, Chapter 6A (interpretation of provisions about long funding leases) has effect subject to the following modifications.
Section 70YB (long funding operating lease: extension of term of lease) has effect as if, in subsection (1), at the beginning there were inserted “Subject to section 70YCA (extension of term of lease for reasons related to coronavirus),”.
Section 70YC (extension of term of lease that is not a long funding lease) has effect as if, in subsection (1), at the beginning there were inserted “Subject to section 70YCA (extension of term of lease for reasons related to coronavirus),”.
That Chapter has effect as if after section 70YC there were inserted—
Reliefs for business
Schedule 2 contains provision for a temporary extension of the periods to which trade losses may be carried back.
Schedule 3 makes provision about the amount of the tax credit to which a company may be entitled under Chapter 2 of Part 13 of CTA 2009 (relief for cost of research and development incurred by small and medium-sized enterprises).
Schedule 4 makes corresponding provision for Northern Ireland companies within the meaning of Part 8B of CTA 2010 (trading profits taxable at the Northern Ireland rate).
In—for “6 April 2021” substitute “ 6 April 2023 ”.
section 257K(1)(a)(iii) of ITA 2007 (date by which investment must be made to qualify for social investment tax relief), and
paragraphs 1(3)(b) and 2(2)(b) of Schedule 8B to TCGA 1992 (date by which gains re-invested in social enterprises must accrue to qualify for hold-over relief),
Employment income
Chapter 10 of Part 2 of ITEPA 2003 (workers' services provided through intermediaries to public authorities or medium or large clients) is amended as follows.
In section 61N (worker treated as receiving earnings from employment)—
in subsection (3), for “and 61V” substitute “ , 61V and 61WA ”;
in subsection (5), for “section 61V” substitute “ sections 61V and 61WA ”;
in subsection (5A), in the words before paragraph (a), for “and 61V” substitute “ , 61V and 61WA ”.
In section 61O (conditions where intermediary is a company)—
in subsection (1), for paragraph (b) substitute—;
after subsection (1) insert—;
after subsection (4) insert—
In section 61S(4) (deductions from chain payments), for “services-provider” substitute “ relevant person ”.
In section 61T(3) (client-led status disagreement process), for “section 61V” substitute “ sections 61V and 61WA ”.
In section 61U (information to be provided by worker and consequences of failure)—
in the heading, after “worker” insert “ or intermediary ”;
in subsection (1), for “the worker” substitute “ the relevant person ”;
in subsection (2), for “the worker” substitute “ the relevant person ”;
in subsection (3), after “In this section” insert.
In section 61V (consequences of providing fraudulent information)—
in subsection (2), in the words before paragraph (a), for “services-provider” substitute “ relevant person (or if more than one, the first relevant person) in relation to whom the fraudulent documentation condition is met ”;
in subsection (3), for “involves the services-provider” substitute “ may involve a services-provider ”;
in subsection (5), after paragraph (c) insert—
After section 61W insert—
In section 688AA(2)(a) (workers' services provided through intermediaries: recovery of PAYE), after “to a worker” insert “ (other than by virtue of section 61WA) ”.
The amendments made by this section have effect in relation to deemed direct payments treated as made on or after 6 April 2021.
Section 27 of ITEPA 2003 (UK-based earnings for year when employee not resident in UK) is amended in accordance with subsections (2) to (5).
In subsection (1)—
omit the “or” at the end of paragraph (a), and
at the end of paragraph (b) insert
In subsection (2), for “(1)” substitute “ (1)(a) or (b) ”.
After subsection (2) insert—
In subsection (3), for “Subsection (2) applies” substitute “ Subsections (2) and (2A) apply ”.
In section 402B of ITEPA 2003 (termination payments, and other benefits, that cannot benefit from the section 403 threshold, to be treated as earnings), in subsection (1)—
the words from “is treated” to the end become paragraph (a), and
after that paragraph insert
In section 402D of ITEPA 2003 (post-employment notice pay)—
in subsection (3), for “and (6)” substitute “ , (6) and (6A) ”;
in subsection (6), after “month, ” insert “ the employee's basic pay is paid in equal monthly instalments, ”;
after subsection (6) insert—
The amendments made by this section have effect in relation to general earnings to which section 402B of ITEPA 2003 applies that are paid—
on or after 6 April 2021, and
in connection with a termination of employment that takes place on or after that date.
Section 155 of ITEPA 2003 (cash equivalent of the benefit of a van) is amended in accordance with subsections (2) and (3).
In subsection (1B)—
in paragraph (a), for “2021-22” substitute “ 2020-21 ”;
omit the “and” at the end of that paragraph;
after that paragraph insert—.
In subsection (1C) omit paragraph (g).
In section 170 of ITEPA 2003 (orders etc relating to Chapter 6 of Part 3 of ITEPA 2003), in subsection (1A)—
in paragraph (b), after “zero-emission van” insert “ in tax years 2015-16 to 2020-21 ”;
omit the “and” at the end of that paragraph;
after that paragraph insert—.
In FA 2020, for section 107 substitute—
If a cycle, or cyclist's safety equipment, was first provided for an employee before 21 December 2020, Condition B in section 244(3) of ITEPA 2003 (requirement that cycle or cyclist's safety equipment is used mainly for commuting etc) is treated as met in relation to the provision for that employee of that cycle or equipment for the period commencing with 16 March 2020 and ending with 5 April 2022.
In this section “cycle” and “cyclist” have the meanings they have in section 244 of ITEPA 2003 (see subsection (5) of that section).
No liability to income tax arises in respect of—
the provision to an employee of a coronavirus test, or
the payment or reimbursement, to or in respect of an employee, of the cost of such a test.
In this section “coronavirus test” means a test which detects the presence of a viral antigen or viral ribonucleic acid (RNA) specific to severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 (SARS-CoV-2).
This section has effect as if it were contained in Part 4 of ITEPA 2003 (employment income: exceptions).
This section has effect in relation to the tax years 2020-21 and 2021-22 (and to the extent the relief provided for by the Income Tax (Exemption of Minor Benefits) (Coronavirus) Regulations 2020 (S.I. 2020/1293) is provided for by this section, it supersedes those regulations).
The Treasury may by regulations provide that this section is also to have effect in relation to such subsequent tax years as may be specified in the regulations.
In Schedule 2 to FA 2017 (optional remuneration arrangements), in paragraph 62(9), for “or statutory shared parental pay” substitute “ , statutory shared parental pay or statutory parental bereavement pay ”.
That Schedule has effect, and is to be deemed always to have had effect, with the amendment made by subsection (1).
Pensions
Section 218(2C) and (2D) of FA 2004 (indexation of standard lifetime allowance) do not apply in relation to the standard lifetime allowance for the tax years 2021-22, 2022-23, 2023-24, 2024-25 and 2025-26 (so that the amount of the standard lifetime allowance for each of those tax years remains at the amount for the tax year 2020-21, namely £1,073,100).
Schedule 5 contains amendments of Part 4 of FA 2004 (pension schemes etc) relating to collective money purchase benefits.
Construction industry scheme
Schedule 6 contains provision amending Chapter 3 of Part 3 of FA 2004 (construction industry scheme).
In particular, the Schedule makes provision about—
contractors,
deductions on account of tax from contract payments,
the treatment of sums deducted, and
penalties.
Coronavirus support payments etc
This section applies to a payment which—
is made by Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs in the exercise of a function which they have as a result of a direction given by the Treasury under section 76 of the Coronavirus Act 2020, and
is made to a person by reason of the person's receipt of any tax credit specified in the direction on a date so specified.
No liability to income tax arises in respect of a payment to which this section applies.
But subsection (2) does not prevent the application of paragraph 8 of Schedule 16 to FA 2020 (charge to income tax where person not entitled to coronavirus support payment) in relation to a payment to which this section applies.
In section 106 of FA 2020 (taxation of coronavirus support payments), in subsection (3)—
after “provision about” insert “ (including provision modifying) ”;
for “(2)(c)” substitute “ (2)(b) ”.
In paragraph 3(3) of Schedule 16 to FA 2020 (self-employment income support scheme payments to be treated as receipts of the tax year 2020-21), for “2020-21” substitute “ in which the payment was received ”.
In paragraph 8 of that Schedule (charge if person not entitled to coronavirus support payment)—
in sub-paragraph (3)—
in the words before paragraph (a), after “scheme” insert “ or the self-employment income support scheme ”;
in paragraph (b), before “because” insert “ in the case of a payment made under the coronavirus job retention scheme, ”;
in sub-paragraph (4)(a), after “scheme” insert “ or the self-employment income support scheme ”.
The amendments made by subsections (2) and (3) have effect in relation to coronavirus support payments received on or after 6 April 2021.
In this section “coronavirus support payment” has the meaning it has in Schedule 16 to FA 2020 (see section 106(2) and (5) of that Act).
This section applies if—
a person (“A”) carrying on a business would, but for a coronavirus support arrangement, have incurred a liability to pay a charge to a public authority,
an expense incurred in discharging that liability would have been deductible in calculating the profits of the business for the purposes of income tax or corporation tax, and
an amount in respect of some or all of that liability is paid to that or any other public authority.
In calculating the profits of the business of A for those purposes—
a deduction is allowed for the amount paid, and
that amount is treated as if it had been paid in the period in which the charge would have been due and payable.
No deduction is otherwise allowed for the amount paid in calculating the profits of the business of any person for those purposes (including where the amount was paid by a person other than A).
For the purposes of this section “coronavirus support arrangement” means an arrangement where—is waived, or reduced, for purposes connected with the provision of support to businesses in connection with coronavirus.
a liability in respect of non-domestic rates, or
such other liability in respect of a charge payable to a public authority as may be specified in regulations made by the Treasury,
Regulations under subsection (4)(b) may have retrospective effect.
In this section “coronavirus” has the meaning it has in the Coronavirus Act 2020 (see section 1 of that Act).
This section has effect in relation to payments whether made before or after the passing of this Act.
Exemptions from income tax
The following provisions are repealed—and the remainder of this section makes amendments consequential on the repeal of those provisions.
sections 757 to 767 of ITTOIA 2005 (exemption from income tax for certain interest and royalty payments) and the italic heading before those sections, and
sections 914 to 917 of ITA 2007 (discretion to make royalty payments gross) and the italic heading before those sections;
In section 98 of TMA 1970 (special returns, etc)—
in subsection (4A)(b) omit “, (4DA)”, and
omit subsection (4DA).
In paragraph 3 of Schedule 18 to FA 1998 (company tax return), in sub- paragraph (5) for “, 912, 914 and 915” substitute “ and 912 ”.
In ITTOIA 2005—
in section 369 (charge to tax on interest), in subsection (3) omit paragraph (f) (and the “and” before it),
in section 578 (contents of chapter), in subsection (2)—
for “exemptions” substitute “ an exemption ”,
for “sections” substitute “ section ”,
omit “and 758 (certain interest and royalty payments)”, and
in section 683 (charge to tax on payments not otherwise charged), in subsection (4) omit paragraph (h).
In section 100 of FA 2015 (diverted profits tax: credits for tax on the same profits)—
in subsection (4C)(c) for “relevant provision” substitute “ double taxation arrangements (as defined by section 2(4) of TIOPA 2010) ”, and
omit subsection (4E).
In section 42(9) of FA 2016 (section 758 of ITTOIA 2005 not to apply to certain royalty payments)—
in paragraph (b), at the end insert “ under arrangements (within the meaning of section 917A of ITA 2007) entered into before that day ”,
omit paragraph (c) (but not the “and” at the end of it), and
for the words after paragraph (d) substitute “ the arrangements are to be regarded as DTA tax avoidance arrangements for the purposes of section 917A of ITA 2007 ”.
In consequence of the repeal of section 762 of ITTOIA 2005 made by subsection (1), the Exemption From Tax For Certain Interest Payments Regulations 2004 (S.I. 2004/2622) are revoked (and, accordingly, exemption notices issued in accordance with those regulations are cancelled).
The amendments made by this section have effect in relation to—
payments made on or after 1 June 2021, and
payments made in disqualifying circumstances on or after 3 March 2021 but before 1 June 2021.
A payment is made in “disqualifying circumstances” if it is made directly or indirectly in consequence of, or otherwise in connection with, any arrangements the main purpose, or one of the main purposes, of which is to secure that the provisions mentioned in subsection (1)(a) or (b) continue to have effect in relation to it.
For this purpose “arrangements” includes any agreement, understanding, scheme, transaction or series of transactions (whether or not legally enforceable).
A payment that meets conditions A to C is to be regarded as a “qualifying payment” for the purposes of paragraph 3(1) and (2) of Schedule 15 to FA 2020 (exemption from income tax).
Condition A is that the payment is made by or on behalf of a public authority.
Condition B is that the payment is made to a person in respect of whom—
there are reasonable grounds to believe the person may be a victim of slavery or human trafficking, and
no conclusive determination has been made identifying the person as a victim for the purposes of Article 10 of the Trafficking Convention.
Condition C is that the payment is made for the purposes of providing the person assistance or support of the kind mentioned in Article 12 of the Trafficking Convention (as contemplated by Article 10).
In this section—
“the Trafficking Convention” means the Council of Europe Convention on Action against Trafficking in Human Beings (done at Warsaw on 16 May 2005);
“public authority” includes any person certain of whose functions are functions of a public nature.
This section has effect in relation to qualifying payments received on or after 1 April 2009.
Miscellaneous corporation tax measures
Schedule 7 makes amendments to Part 6A of TIOPA 2010 (hybrid and other mismatches).
Schedule 8 makes provision about corporation tax relief for losses and other amounts.
Part 10 of TIOPA 2010 (corporate interest restriction) is amended as follows.
In section 452 (Real Estate Investment Trusts), after subsection (2) insert—
The amendment made by subsection (2) is treated as having come into force on 21 July 2020.
In Schedule 7A (interest restriction returns), after paragraph 29 insert—
That Schedule has effect, and is to be deemed always to have had effect, with the amendment made by subsection (4).
In CTA 2010, after section 987B insert—
The amendment made by this section has effect in relation to accounting periods beginning on or after 1 April 2020.
Capital gains tax
Section 1L of TCGA 1992 (which provides for an increase in the annual exempt amount to reflect increases in CPI) does not apply for the tax years 2021-22 and 2022-23 (so that the annual exempt amount for each of those tax years remains at £12,300).
In section 167 of TCGA 1992 (gifts to foreign-controlled companies), in subsection (2)(b), at the beginning insert “ is or ”.
The amendment made by subsection (1) has effect in relation to a disposal made on or after 6 April 2021.
Plastic packaging tax
Introductory
A tax called “plastic packaging tax” is to be charged in accordance with this Part.
The Commissioners are responsible for the collection and management of plastic packaging tax.
Charging of plastic packaging tax
The charge to plastic packaging tax arises when a chargeable plastic packaging component is—
produced in the United Kingdom by a person acting in the course of a business, or
imported into the United Kingdom on behalf of such a person.
The reference in subsection (1) to “a business” includes any activity of a government department or other public authority, or of a charity, that is carried out for commercial purposes.
Subsection (1) is subject to section 52 (exempt plastic packaging components).
Where the charge to plastic packaging tax arises in respect of a chargeable plastic packaging component by virtue of section 43(1)(a), the person who produces the component is liable to pay the amount charged.
Where the charge arises in respect of a chargeable plastic packaging component by virtue of section 43(1)(b), the person on whose behalf the component is imported is liable to pay the amount charged.
Plastic packaging tax is charged at the rate of £228.82 per metric tonne of chargeable plastic packaging components of a single specification.
The amount charged on part of a tonne is the proportionately reduced amount.
Plastic packaging tax is to be paid by reference to accounting periods determined in accordance with regulations under section 61(1) (regulations about the payment, collection and recovery of plastic packaging tax).
References in this Part to “accounting periods” are to those accounting periods.
Interpretation of main terms etc
A plastic packaging component is chargeable if—
the combined proportion of recycled plastic and attributed recycled plastic in the component, when measured by weight, is less than 30% of the total amount of plastic in the component, and
it is finished.
A plastic packaging component is taken to fall within subsection (1)(a) unless it is shown that it does not.
For the purposes of this Part, a component is “finished” if it has undergone—even if waste or surplus material remains attached to it.
its last substantial modification, or
in the case of a component that undergoes a substantial modification when it is packed or filled, its last substantial modification before being packed or filled,
Accordingly, for the purposes of this Part, waste or surplus material that remains attached to a component after its last substantial modification is not to be treated as part of the component.
The Commissioners may by regulations make provision about—
the methodology to be used, or the information or evidence required, to satisfy them that a plastic packaging component does not fall within subsection (1)(a);
the meaning of “substantial modification”.
A “packaging component” is a product that is designed to be suitable for use, whether alone or in combination with other products, in the containment, protection, handling, delivery or presentation of goods at any stage in the supply chain of the goods from the producer of the goods to the user or consumer.
Subject to section 52, it does not matter why a component within this definition is produced or imported (for example, whether it is produced or imported for use in the supply chain of the goods or by a user or consumer).
A “plastic packaging component” is a packaging component that contains more plastic, when measured by weight, than any other single substance listed in regulations under subsection (7)(a).
A packaging component that contains plastic is taken to be a plastic packaging component unless it is shown that it is not such a component.
The Treasury may by regulations amend the meaning of “packaging component” by—
adding descriptions of products, or
removing descriptions of products.
Regulations under subsection (5) may amend this Part.
The Commissioners may by regulations—
list substances for the purposes of subsection (3);
make provision about the methodology to be used, or the information or evidence required, to satisfy them that a packaging component that contains plastic is not a plastic packaging component.
“Plastic” means a material consisting of a polymer, other than a cellulose-based polymer that has not been chemically modified, to which additives or other substances may have been added.
“Recycled plastic” is plastic that has been reprocessed from recovered material by means of a chemical or manufacturing process, other than organic recycling, so that it can be used either for its original purpose or for other purposes.
“Attributed recycled plastic” is plastic to which recovered material has been attributed in accordance with a chemical recycling certification scheme.
“Organic recycling” means the aerobic or anaerobic treatment, under controlled conditions and using micro-organisms, of biodegradable matter, which produces stabilised organic residues or methane.
“Recovered material” is pre-consumer plastic or post-consumer plastic that—
has been collected and recovered as a material input, in lieu of new primary material, for a recycling or a manufacturing process, and
would otherwise have been disposed of as waste or used for energy recovery.
“Pre-consumer plastic” is plastic that is—but does not include plastic that is reused in the same process in which it was generated as scrap and from which it was recovered.
recovered from waste generated in a manufacturing process, and
processed by a reprocessing facility,
“Post-consumer plastic” is plastic—This includes returns of plastic from the distribution chain.
that is generated by households or by commercial, industrial or institutional facilities in their role as end-users of the product, and
that can no longer be used for its intended purpose.
Plastic is not to be taken as recycled plastic unless it is shown that it is recycled plastic.
Plastic is not to be taken as attributed recycled plastic unless it is shown that it is attributed recycled plastic.
The Treasury may by regulations amend the meaning of “plastic” and “recycled plastic” , “recycled plastic” and “attributed recycled plastic”.
Regulations under subsection (8) may amend this Part.
The Commissioners may by regulations make provision about the methodology to be used, or the information or evidence required, to satisfy them that plastic is recycled plastic or attributed recycled plastic.
For the purposes of this Part, a scheme is a “chemical recycling certification scheme” if—
it is a scheme under which a certified person produces plastic from recovered material and other material by means of one or more mass balance processes,
that process or (as the case may be) at least one of those processes alters the chemical structure of the recovered material, and
the scheme meets such conditions as may be specified in regulations made by the Commissioners.
A “mass balance process” is a process under which—
qualifying input material is added to other material to form a mixture (“the mixture”),
the mixture is processed, and
a certified person attributes recovered material to—
material withdrawn from the mixture after the processing, and
any waste material.
The certified person may attribute recovered material under subsection (2)(c) in any way, provided that—
the quantity of recovered material so attributed does not exceed the quantity of qualifying input material added to the mixture under subsection (2)(a),
the proportion of withdrawn fuel to which recovered material is attributed is the same as the proportion of the mixture (before it is processed) that is qualifying input material, and
the attribution meets such conditions as may be specified in regulations made by the Commissioners.
In subsections (2) and (3) “qualifying input material” means—
recovered material, or
material to which recovered material has been attributed under subsection (2)(c) in connection with an earlier mass balance process.
In this section—“certified person” means a person certified under a chemical recycling certification scheme;“consumed fuel” means fuel added to the mixture that is consumed to provide energy for the processing of the mixture;“process losses” means material, other than consumed fuel, added to the mixture which is converted to waste products as part of the processing (and which is not withdrawn from the mixture);“waste material” means any consumed fuel and process losses;“withdrawn fuel” means material withdrawn from the mixture after processing that—is fuel, or might reasonably be expected to be reprocessed (otherwise than as part of a mass balance process) into fuel.
The Commissioners may by regulations—
make provision about cases in which the chemical structure of recovered material is to be regarded as having been altered, or not altered, for the purposes of subsection (1)(b);
make provision about materials which are, or are not, to be regarded as withdrawn fuel for the purposes of this section.
The conditions that may be specified under section 49A(1)(c) (scheme conditions) include, in particular, conditions about—
the assessment of the scheme by an accreditation body specified, or of a description specified, in the regulations;
the types of material that may be used in a mass balance process under the scheme;
when, and the circumstances in which, materials may be mixed together as part of a mass balance process under the scheme;
the methodology that may be used as part of a mass balance process under the scheme in connection with the calculation of amounts of waste material (within the meaning of section 49A);
the measurement of materials under a mass balance process under the scheme;
the operation of a mass balance process under the scheme by reference to accounting periods or other periods of time;
which persons are required to be certified under the scheme;
the accreditation of certification bodies recognised by the scheme;
the keeping and retention of records by persons under the scheme;
the auditing of scheme members by certification bodies under the scheme;
compliance with, and enforcement of, the scheme rules;
the provision of information to HMRC and others regarding compliance by scheme members with the scheme rules.
A chargeable plastic packaging component is imported into the United Kingdom—
in the case of a component that is subject to customs formalities within the meaning given by section 1(1) of CEMA 1979, as soon as all such formalities have been complied with in respect of the component, and
in any other case, at the time of importation for the purposes of the customs and excise Acts.
Subsection (1) is subject to section 76 (Isle of Man: import and export of chargeable plastic packaging components).
The Commissioners may by regulations make provision about when a chargeable plastic packaging component is imported into the United Kingdom for the purposes of plastic packaging tax.
Regulations under subsection (3) may amend this Part.
Deferrals, exemptions and credits
A person's liability under section 44 to pay an amount by way of plastic packaging tax in relation to a plastic packaging component is—
deferred for as long as the direct export condition is met in relation to the component;
cancelled if the direct export condition ceases to be met in relation to the component as a result of it being exported from the United Kingdom before the end of the deferral period in accordance with regulations made by the Commissioners.
The direct export condition is met in relation to a component at any time if—
the time is within the deferral period;
the person who is liable to pay the tax (“the liable person”) intends to export it (and has intended to export it at all times since it was produced or imported);
any other conditions or requirements specified in regulations made by the Commissioners are met.
If the Commissioners are not satisfied of any matter within subsection (2) in relation to a component they may—
in a case where they are satisfied that the direct export condition was met but no longer is, notify the liable person that the condition is to be taken to have ceased to be met in relation to that component from a date specified in the notification, or
in any other case, notify the liable person that the direct export condition is to be taken never to have been met in relation to that component.
The consequence of notification is that liability to pay an amount by way of plastic packaging tax—
in a case within subsection (3)(a), ceases to be deferred in accordance with subsection (1)(a) with effect from such date as the Commissioners may specify in the notification, or
in a case within subsection (3)(b), is taken never to have been deferred in accordance with subsection (1)(a).
The deferral period in relation to a component is the period of 12 months beginning with the day on which the component is produced or imported.
This section does not apply to plastic packaging components that are used in the removal of goods from the United Kingdom and that are—
transport packaging or tertiary packaging within the meaning of regulation 3(2)(c) of the Packaging (Essential Requirements) Regulations 2015 (S.I. 2015/1640), or
road, rail, ship and air containers.
This section is subject to section 76 (Isle of Man: import and export of chargeable plastic packaging components).
No charge to plastic packaging tax arises by virtue of section 43(1)(b) in relation to plastic packaging components that are used in the delivery of goods into the United Kingdom and that are—
transport packaging or tertiary packaging within the meaning of regulation 3(2)(c) of the Packaging (Essential Requirements) Regulations 2015 (S.I. 2015/1640), or
road, rail, ship and air containers.
No charge to plastic packaging tax arises in relation to plastic packaging components if subsection (3), (4) or (6) applies to them.
This subsection applies to plastic packaging components if they are stores within the meaning of CEMA 1979 (see section 1 of that Act).
This subsection applies to plastic packaging components if they are produced or imported for use in the immediate packaging of a medicinal product.
In subsection (4)—“immediate packaging”, in relation to a medicinal product, has the meaning given by regulation 8(1) of the Human Medicines Regulations 2012 (S.I. 2012/1916);“medicinal product” has the meaning given by regulation 2(1) of those Regulations.
This subsection applies to plastic packaging components if—
before or as soon as they have been produced or imported they are permanently designated or set aside for use other than in the containment, protection, handling, delivery or presentation of goods, and
the producer or person on whose behalf they were imported keeps a record of that designation or setting aside.
The Treasury may by regulations make provision creating further exemptions from plastic packaging tax.
The Commissioners may by regulations make provision in relation to cases where after a person has become liable to pay plastic packaging tax in respect of a prescribed plastic packaging component (the “charged component”), that component is—
exported from the United Kingdom;
converted into a different packaging component.
The provision that may be made is provision—
for the person to be entitled to a tax credit in respect of any plastic packaging tax charged on the charged component;
for the tax credit to be brought into account when the person is accounting for plastic packaging tax due from the person for the prescribed accounting period or periods;
for the person to be entitled to a repayment of plastic packaging tax (instead of a tax credit) in prescribed cases.
Regulations under this section may (among other things) make provision—
for any entitlement to a tax credit to be conditional on the making of a claim by the person, and specifying the period within which and the manner in which a claim may be made;
for any entitlement to a tax credit or to bring a tax credit into account to be—
conditional on compliance with prescribed requirements;
subject to prescribed minimum or maximum amounts;
specifying circumstances in which, and criteria for determining the period for which, the person is or is not entitled to a tax credit;
requiring a claim for a tax credit to be evidenced and quantified by reference to prescribed records and other documents;
requiring a person claiming any entitlement to a tax credit to keep, for the prescribed period and in the prescribed form and manner, those records and documents and a record of prescribed information relating to the claim;
for the withdrawal of a tax credit where any requirement of the regulations is not complied with;
about adjustments of liability for plastic packaging tax in connection with entitlement or withdrawal of an entitlement to a tax credit in prescribed circumstances;
about the treatment of a tax credit where the person ceases to carry on a business or otherwise is no longer liable to plastic packaging tax;
for anything falling to be determined in accordance with the regulations to be determined by reference to a direction given in accordance with the regulations by the Commissioners;
about the meaning of “converted” for the purposes of subsection (1)(b).
In this section, “prescribed” means specified in or under, or determined in accordance with provision made in or under, regulations under this section.
Registration
The Commissioners must establish and maintain a register for the purposes of collecting and managing plastic packaging tax.
The register may contain such information as the Commissioners think is required for those purposes.
The Commissioners may publish, by such means as they think fit, any information which—apart from information relating to a registration which is subject to an outstanding appeal.
is derived from the register, and
is within any of the descriptions in subsection (4),
The descriptions are—
the names of registered persons;
particulars of sites at which registered persons carry on business;
registration numbers assigned to registered persons;
where the registered person is a body corporate that is a member of a group—
the fact that it is a member of a group,
the names of the other bodies corporate that are members of the group, and
particulars of any sites at which those other bodies carry on business.
Subject to subsection (6), information may be published in accordance with this section despite any obligation not to disclose the information that would otherwise apply.
Nothing in this section authorises a disclosure of information which contravenes the data protection legislation (but in determining whether a disclosure would do so, take into account the powers conferred by this section).
In this Part—“data protection legislation” has the meaning given by section 3(9) of the Data Protection Act 2018;“the register” means the register under subsection (1) and references to registration are to registration in it.
A person (P) who—becomes liable to be registered on a given day if subsection (2) applies in relation to P on that day (subject to subsection (5)).
produces finished plastic packaging components, or
on whose behalf finished plastic packaging components are imported,
This subsection applies—
on any day, where there are reasonable grounds for believing that the amount of finished plastic packaging components that will be produced by, or imported on behalf of, P within the period of 30 days beginning with that day will equal or exceed 10 metric tonnes, or
on the first day of any calendar month, where the amount of finished plastic packaging components produced by, or imported on behalf of, P over the 12 months ending with the day before that day equals or exceeds 10 metric tonnes.
In the application of subsection (2)(b) to the first day of a month falling within the year beginning with 1 April 2022, that paragraph has effect as if for “over the 12 months” there were substituted “ during the period beginning with 1 April 2022 and ”.
Subsection (1) does not apply to any person for the time being listed in section 13B(1) of the Customs and Excise Duties (General Reliefs) Act 1979 (members of visiting forces etc).
The Commissioners may by regulations make provision about the administration of the disapplication of subsection (1) by subsection(5), including provision making it subject to conditions or requirements set out in the regulations.
A person who becomes liable to be registered under section 55 must notify the Commissioners of the liability before the end of the notification period.
The “notification period” is the period of 30 days beginning with the day on which the liability arises.
Where the Commissioners are satisfied that a person is liable to be registered (whether or not the person has notified liability under subsection (1)), the Commissioners must register the person with effect from the day on which the liability arises.
Where an unincorporated body (other than a partnership) is registered in the name of the body concerned, no account is to be taken of any change in its members in determining how any provision of or under this Part applies in relation to the body.
The Commissioners may by regulations make provision—
about the form and manner in which a notification under this section is to be given;
about the information to be contained in or provided with a notification under this section;
for the Commissioners to require further information from a person in connection with that person's registration;
requiring notifications and other communications with the Commissioners in connection with registration to be made electronically.
A registration under section 56 may be cancelled only in accordance with this section.
The Commissioners may cancel a person's registration if—
the person requests the cancellation, and
the person satisfies the Commissioners that the person does not, on the day of the request, meet the liability condition.
The Commissioners may cancel a person's registration if they are satisfied that the person does not meet the liability condition and has not met the liability condition for a period of at least 12 months.
The Commissioners may cancel a person's registration if they are satisfied that the person did not meet the liability condition on the day on which the person was registered, and has not at any subsequent time met the liability condition.
A cancellation under subsection (2) is to be made with effect from—
the day on which the request is made, or
such later day as may be agreed between the Commissioners and that person.
A cancellation under subsection (3) is to be made with effect from—
the day on which the person ceased to meet the liability condition, or
such later day as may be agreed between the Commissioners and that person.
A cancellation under subsection (4) is to be made with effect from the day on which the person was registered.
But the Commissioners must not cancel a person's registration under subsection (2) or (3) if—
there are outstanding amounts of plastic packaging tax, or amounts recoverable as plastic packaging tax, due from that person, or
there are one or more outstanding returns for the purposes of plastic packaging tax due from that person.
The Commissioners may decline to cancel a person's registration on any day if they reasonably believe that the person will become liable to be registered under section 55 during the period of 12 months beginning with that day.
For the purposes of this section, a person meets the liability condition on a particular day if—
the condition in section 55(2)(a) is met in relation to that person on that day,
the day is the first day of a month and the condition in section 55(2)(b) is met in relation to that person on that day, or
the day is in the same month as a day on which the condition in section 55(2)(b) was met in relation to that person.
The Commissioners may by regulations make provision about the correction of entries in the register.
Regulations under subsection (1) may make provision for requiring persons who are, or are liable to be, registered to notify the Commissioners of changes in circumstances which are relevant to the register.
Secondary liability and joint and several liability notices
Schedule 9 makes provision about notices that may in certain circumstances—
impose secondary liability on a person in respect of an amount of plastic packaging tax which another person has failed to pay, or
make one person jointly and severally liable with another person in respect of some or all of the other person's liability to pay plastic packaging tax in respect of a period of time in the future.
Administration and enforcement
The Commissioners may by regulations make provision for and about the measurement of weight for the purposes of plastic packaging tax.
The regulations may (among other things) include provision about—
how weight is to be measured;
the time in relation to which weight is to be measured;
how weight is to be evidenced;
agreements between the Commissioners and particular persons about how weight is to be measured or evidenced, including provision for the Commissioners to disregard the terms of an agreement in circumstances set out in the regulations;
the Commissioners making their own assessment or best judgement of weight in relation to plastic packaging components and substituting that assessment or judgement for the assessment or judgement of any other person;
the Commissioners inspecting or weighing plastic packaging components or samples;
the assessment of weight by the Commissioners being based on estimates or assumptions.
The Commissioners may by regulations make provision about the payment, collection and recovery of amounts for the purposes of plastic packaging tax.
Regulations under subsection (1) may (among other things)—
make provision for determining the accounting periods by reference to which payments are to be made;
require persons who are registered or who are liable to be registered under section 55 (“relevant persons”) to keep accounts for the purposes of plastic packaging tax in a specified form and manner;
require relevant persons to make returns for the purposes of plastic packaging tax;
make provision about the times at which payments of plastic packaging tax are to be made and methods of payment;
require the amounts payable by reference to accounting periods to be calculated by or under the regulations;
make provision about the payment, collection and recovery of amounts payable by a person as a result of a secondary liability and assessment notice or a joint and several liability notice;
make provision for the correction of errors made in accounting for plastic packaging tax.
Provision may be made by or under regulations under subsection (2)(c) about—
the form and manner of making returns;
the information to be included in returns;
declarations about the truth of information in returns;
the periods by reference to which returns are to be made;
timing.
Schedule 10 makes provision about recovery and overpayments.
Schedule 11 makes provision about reviews and appeals.
The Commissioners may by regulations require persons—
to keep, for purposes connected with plastic packaging tax, records of specified matters, and
to preserve records for a specified period.
A duty under regulations under subsection (1) to preserve records may be discharged by preserving them, or the information contained in them, in any form and by any means, subject to any conditions or exceptions specified in the regulations.
The period specified in regulations under subsection (1) may not exceed —
in a case where the records relate to an accounting period, 6 years beginning with the day after the end of the accounting period to which the records relate, or
in any other case, 6 years beginning with the day on which the records are created.
The Commissioners may direct a person who is, or is liable to be, registered under this Part or to whom a secondary liability and assessment notice or a joint and several liability notice has been given—
to keep such records as are specified in the direction;
to preserve those records for a specified period.
The Commissioners may not give a direction under subsection (4) unless they have reasonable grounds for believing that the records specified in the direction might assist in identifying chargeable plastic packaging components in respect of which plastic packaging tax might not be paid.
A direction under subsection (4)—
must be in writing,
must specify the consequences under section 80 of a failure to comply with a requirement imposed under that section, and
may be revoked or replaced by a further direction.
The period specified in a direction under subsection (4)(b) may not exceed 6 years.
Schedule 12 makes provision about the collection and sharing of information and about evidence.
The Commissioners may by regulations prescribe circumstances in which a person who is liable to be registered under section 55 may be required to give security (or further security) of such amount and in such manner as the Commissioners may determine for the payment of any plastic packaging tax due, or which may become due, from the person.
The Commissioners may only exercise the power in subsection (1) if they consider it is necessary for the protection of the revenue.
The Commissioners may by regulations make provision in relation to a business which is carried on by a partnership or by another unincorporated body specifying by what person anything required by or under this Part to be done by a person is to be done.
Anything required to be given to a person (“P”) by or under a provision of this Part may be given by sending it to P or to P's representative by post, addressed to that person's last known address.
Anything given to P's representative is to be treated as having been given to P.
In this section, “representative”, in relation to P, means—
any of P's personal representatives;
any person holding office as receiver in relation to P or any of P's property;
P's trustee in bankruptcy or liquidator;
a trustee (or interim trustee) in a sequestration of P's estate under the Bankruptcy (Scotland) Act 2016;
any other person acting in a representative capacity in relation to P (including under section 69).
Miscellaneous
A person who—must, when invoicing that customer in respect of that component, include with that invoice a statement of the amount of plastic packaging tax arising in relation to that component (a “PPT statement”).
supplies to a business customer a plastic packaging component in respect of which a charge to plastic packaging tax has arisen, and
is liable to pay plastic packaging tax on that component,
The reference in subsection (1)(a) to supplying a plastic packaging component to a business customer includes supplying that component by virtue of supplying other goods, such as goods that are contained within the component.
A PPT statement must contain such particulars as the Commissioners may prescribe in regulations.
In this section, “business customer” means a person who is supplied with a plastic packaging component in the course of their carrying out a business (within the meaning of section 43(2)).
The Commissioners may by regulations make provision requiring that every non-resident taxpayer appoint a person resident in the United Kingdom to act as the taxpayer's tax representative for the purposes of plastic packaging tax.
Regulations under subsection (1) may, in particular, make provision—
requiring notification to be given to the Commissioners where a person becomes a non-resident taxpayer;
requiring notification to be given to the Commissioners where a person appoints a person as a tax representative;
for the appointment of a person as a tax representative to take effect only where the person appointed is approved by the Commissioners;
authorising the Commissioners to give a direction requiring the replacement of a tax representative;
about the circumstances in which a person ceases to be a tax representative and about the withdrawal by the Commissioners of their approval of a tax representative;
enabling a tax representative to act on behalf of the person for whom they are the tax representative through an agent of the representative;
for the purposes of any provision made by virtue of paragraphs (a) to (f) regulating the procedure to be followed in any case and imposing requirements as to the information and other particulars to be provided to the Commissioners;
as to the time at which things done under or for the purposes of the regulations are to take effect.
The tax representative of a non-resident taxpayer—
may act on the non-resident taxpayer's behalf for the purposes of any provision relating to plastic packaging tax, and
is under a duty, except to such extent as the Commissioners may by regulations otherwise provide, to secure the non-resident taxpayer's compliance with, and discharge of, the obligations and liabilities to which the non-resident taxpayer is subject by virtue of any provision relating to plastic packaging tax (including obligations and liabilities arising or incurred before the representative was appointed).
A person who is or has been the tax representative of a non-resident taxpayer is personally liable—as if the obligations and liabilities to which subsection (3)(b) applies were imposed jointly and severally on the tax representative and the non-resident taxpayer.
in respect of any failure to secure compliance with, or the discharge of, any obligation or liability to which subsection (3)(b) applies while they are or were the non-resident taxpayer's tax representative, and
in respect of anything done in the course of, or for purposes connected with, acting on the non-resident taxpayer's behalf,
A tax representative is not liable by virtue of this section to be registered for the purposes of plastic packaging tax; but the Commissioners may by regulations—
require the registration of the names of tax representatives against the names of the non-resident taxpayers of whom they are the representatives;
make provision for the deletion of the names of persons who cease to be tax representatives.
A tax representative is not, by virtue of this section, guilty of an offence except in so far as—
they consented to, or connived in, the commission of the offence by the non-resident taxpayer;
the commission of the offence by the non-resident taxpayer is attributable to any neglect on the part of the tax representative;
the offence consists in a contravention by the tax representative of an obligation which, by virtue of this section, is imposed both on the tax representative and on the non-resident taxpayer.
In this section “non-resident taxpayer” means a person who—
is, or is liable to be, registered under this Part, and
is not resident in the United Kingdom.
For the purposes of subsection (7), a person is resident in the United Kingdom at any time if, at that time—
that person has an established place of business in the United Kingdom;
that person has a usual place of residence in the United Kingdom;
that person is a firm or unincorporated body which (without being resident in the United Kingdom by virtue of paragraph (a)) has amongst its partners or members at least one individual with a usual place of residence in the United Kingdom.
Subsection (2) applies where—
a person (S) supplies a chargeable plastic packaging component that S has produced, or that was imported on behalf of S, to another person (P) under a contract,
a payment falls to be made under the contract for the supply of the component, and
after the making of the contract—
plastic packaging tax becomes chargeable on the component, or
there is a change in the plastic packaging tax chargeable on the component.
Unless the contract otherwise provides, S may adjust the amount of the payment mentioned in subsection (1)(b) so as to reflect the tax chargeable on the component.
Subsection (4) applies where a person (S) supplies another person (P) with a chargeable plastic packaging component under a contract.
Unless the contract provides otherwise, S may adjust the contract so that if P subsequently converts the component into a different chargeable plastic packaging component, P must provide S with information about the conversion.
For the purposes of subsections (1) and (3), it is immaterial—
when the contract was made;
whether the contract also provides for other matters.
Subsection (2) applies where a body corporate (P) is liable to pay an amount of plastic packaging tax (or an amount recoverable on the basis that it is an amount of plastic packaging tax)—at the time P is treated as a member of a group.
in respect of plastic packaging components produced by, or imported on behalf of, P, or
by virtue of a secondary liability and assessment notice or a joint and several liability notice,
For the purposes of this Part , and save as otherwise provided by or under this Part,, the representative member of the group is to be treated as if —
it were liable to pay the amount instead of P,
it had assumed all other obligations in relation to plastic packaging tax that, apart from this subsection, would have been obligations of P, and
it had assumed all entitlements in relation to plastic packaging tax that—
apart from this subsection, would have been entitlements of P, and
arose after P and the representative member began to be treated as members of the same group.
All the bodies corporate who are treated as members of a group when any amount becomes due from the representative member, together with any bodies corporate who become treated as members of the group while any such amount remains unpaid, are jointly and severally liable for the amount due from the representative member.
The Commissioners may by regulations make such further provision as they consider appropriate about—
a body corporate that is treated as a member of a group being treated as if it had or had not assumed an entitlement given by or under this Part (ignoring the regulations) to another body corporate that is treated as a member of the group;
the performance or discharge by a body corporate that is treated as a member of a group of an obligation or liability imposed by or under this Part (ignoring the regulations) on another body corporate that is treated as a member of the group.
For the purposes of this Part—
a body corporate is to be treated as a member of a group at any time in relation to which it falls to be treated as such in accordance with provision made by Schedule 13, and
the representative member of a group at any time is the body corporate which falls to treated as such in accordance with that Schedule.
Schedule 13 makes provision about applications by two or more bodies corporate to be treated as members of the same group for the purposes of this Part.
This section, and section 73, apply for the purpose of preventing the maintenance or creation of any artificial separation of business activities carried on by two or more persons from resulting in an avoidance of plastic packaging tax.
The Commissioners may make a direction under this section naming any person only if they are satisfied that—
the person is producing or importing, or has produced or imported, chargeable plastic packaging components,
the activities in the course of which the person produces or imports, or produced or imported, chargeable plastic packaging components form only part of certain activities, the other activities being carried on concurrently or previously (or both) by one or more other persons,
the activities carried on by those persons have been, or are, artificially separated, having regard to whether the persons carrying on those activities are connected within the meaning of section 1122 of CTA 2010 (“connected” persons), and
if all the activities of those persons were taken into account, a single person carrying on that business would at the time of the direction be liable to be registered by virtue of section 55.
Subsection (4) applies where, after making a direction under this section that specifies a description of business, it appears to the Commissioners that a person (P) who was not named in that direction is producing or importing, or has produced or imported, chargeable plastic packaging components in the course of activities which should be regarded as part of the activities of that business.
The Commissioners may make a supplementary direction referring to the earlier direction and the description of business specified in it and adding P's name to those of the persons named in the earlier direction with effect from—
the date on which P began to produce or import those components, or
if later, the date with effect from which the single taxable person referred to in the earlier direction became liable to be registered under this Part.
If, immediately before a direction (including a supplementary direction) is made under this section, any person named in the direction is registered under this Part, the person ceases to be liable to be so registered with effect from the later of—
the date with effect from which the single taxable person concerned became liable to be registered, and
the date of the direction.
A direction under this section must be given to each person named in it.
For the purposes of this Part, where a direction is made under section 72—
the persons named in the direction are to be treated as a single taxable person carrying on the activities of a business described in the direction;
the taxable person is liable to be registered under this Part with effect from—
the date of the direction, or
such later date as may be specified in the direction;
the taxable person is to be registrable in such name as—
the persons named in the direction may jointly nominate in writing to the Commissioners not later than 14 days after the date of the direction, or
if no such name is nominated, in such name as may be specified in the direction;
any production or import of chargeable plastic packaging components by or on behalf of one of the constituent members in the course of the activities of the taxable person is to be treated as production by or import on behalf of that person;
each of the constituent members is to be jointly and severally liable for any plastic packaging tax due from the taxable person;
any failure by the taxable person to comply with any requirement imposed by or under this Part is to be treated as a failure by each of the constituent members severally;
subject to the preceding paragraphs, for the purposes of this Part the constituent members are to be treated as a partnership carrying on the business of the taxable person and any question as to the scope of the activities of that business at any time are to be determined accordingly.
Subsection (3) applies where—
it appears to the Commissioners that any person (P) who is one of the constituent members should no longer be regarded as such for the purposes of subsection (1)(e) and (f), and
the Commissioners give notice to that effect.
P is not liable by virtue of subsection (1)(e) and (f) for anything done after the date specified in that notice (and accordingly on that date P is to be treated as having ceased to be a member of the partnership referred to in subsection (1)(g)).
In subsections (1) and (2), the “constituent members” means, in relation to a business specified in a direction under section 72, the persons named in the direction, together with any person named in a supplementary direction relating to that business (together being the persons who are to be treated as the taxable person).
The Commissioners may by regulations make provision for the purposes of plastic packaging tax in relation to cases where a person carries on the business of—
an individual who has died or become incapacitated;
a person (whether or not an individual) who is subject to an insolvency procedure (as defined in the regulations).
Provision may be made by regulations under this section—
requiring the person who is carrying on the business (P) to inform the Commissioners that P is carrying on the business and of the event that has led to P carrying it on;
allowing P to be treated for a limited time as if P and the person who has died, become incapacitated or is subject to an insolvency procedure were the same person;
about such other matters as the Commissioners think fit for securing continuity in the application of this Part in cases to which the regulations apply.
The Commissioners may by regulations make provision for the purposes of plastic packaging tax in relation to cases where any business carried on by a person (P) is transferred to another person (T) as a going concern.
Regulations under this section may (among other things) make—
provision requiring P to inform the Commissioners of the transfer;
provision for P's liabilities and duties under this Part to become, to such extent as may be provided by the regulations, liabilities and duties of T;
provision for any right of either P or T to a tax credit or repayment of plastic packaging tax to be satisfied by allowing the credit or making the repayment to the other;
provision as to the preservation of any records or accounts relating to the business which, by virtue of any regulations under section 63, are required to be preserved for any period after the transfer;
such other provision as the Commissioners think fit for securing continuity in the application of this Part in cases to which the regulations apply.
Regulations under this section may provide that no such provision as is mentioned in subsection (2)(b) or (c) has effect in relation to any transferor or transferee unless an application for the purpose has been made by them under the regulations.
Subsections (2) and (3) apply if—
a chargeable plastic packaging component is imported into the United Kingdom from the Isle of Man, and
a charge corresponding to plastic packaging tax (the “corresponding charge”) has arisen in relation to the component under the law of the Isle of Man.
If the corresponding charge has arisen at a rate equal to, or greater than, the United Kingdom rate, the component is to be treated as not being imported into the United Kingdom for the purposes of plastic packaging tax.
If the corresponding charge has arisen at a rate lower than the United Kingdom rate, the amount of plastic packaging tax charged under this Part in relation to the component is to be reduced by an amount equal to the corresponding charge.
“The United Kingdom rate” in relation to a chargeable plastic packaging component is the rate of plastic packaging tax that would (apart from this section) be chargeable in relation to the component under this Part.
For the purposes of determining, in accordance with section 50, when a chargeable plastic packaging component is imported into the United Kingdom from the Isle of Man, section 8 of the Isle of Man Act 1979 (removal of goods from the Isle of Man) is to have effect as if, in subsection (2), at the end of paragraph (c), there were inserted
Offences and penalties
A person commits an offence if the person is knowingly concerned in, or in the taking of steps with a view to, the fraudulent evasion (by that person or another person) of plastic packaging tax.
The reference in subsection (1) to the evasion of plastic packaging tax includes reference to obtaining, in circumstances where there is no entitlement to it—
a tax credit;
a repayment of plastic packaging tax.
A person guilty of an offence under this section is liable—
on summary conviction in England and Wales—
to imprisonment for a term not exceeding the general limit in a magistrates’ court,
to a fine not exceeding £20,000 or (if greater) three times the total of the amounts of plastic packaging tax that were, or were intended to be, evaded, or
to both;
on summary conviction in Scotland—
to imprisonment for a term not exceeding 12 months,
to a fine not exceeding the statutory maximum or (if greater) three times the total of the amounts of plastic packaging tax that were, or were intended to be, evaded, or
to both;
on summary conviction in Northern Ireland—
to imprisonment for a term not exceeding 6 months,
to a fine not exceeding the statutory maximum or (if greater) three times the total of the amounts of plastic packaging tax that were, or were intended to be, evaded, or
to both;
on conviction on indictment—
to imprisonment for a term not exceeding 14 years,
to a fine, or
to both.
For the purposes of subsection (3), the amounts of plastic packing tax that were, or were intended to be, evaded are to be taken as including—which was, or was intended to be, obtained in circumstances when there was no entitlement to it.
the amount of any tax credit, and
the amount of any repayment of plastic packaging tax,
In determining for the purposes of subsection (3) the amounts of plastic packaging tax that were, or were intended to be, evaded, no account is to be taken of the extent to which any liability to tax of a person would be, or would have been, reduced by the amount of any tax credit or repayment of plastic packaging tax to which the person was, or would have been, entitled.
In relation to an offence committed before 2 May 2022, the reference in subsection (3)(a)(i) to the general limit in a magistrates’ court is to be read as a reference to 6 months.
A person commits an offence if, for purposes connected with plastic packaging tax, the person—
produces or provides, causes to be produced or provided, or otherwise makes use of any document which is false in a material particular, and
does so intending to deceive any person or to secure that a machine will respond to the document as if it were a true document.
A person commits an offence if, in providing any information under any provision made by or under this Part the person—
makes a statement which the person knows to be false in a material particular, or
recklessly makes a statement which is false in a material particular.
A person guilty of an offence under this section is liable (subject to subsection (4))—
on summary conviction in England and Wales—
to imprisonment for a term not exceeding 6 months,
to a fine not exceeding £20,000, or
to both;
on summary conviction in Scotland—
to imprisonment for a term not exceeding 6 months,
to a fine not exceeding the statutory maximum, or
to both;
on summary conviction in Northern Ireland—
to imprisonment for a term not exceeding 6 months,
to a fine not exceeding the statutory maximum, or
to both;
on conviction on indictment—
to imprisonment for a term not exceeding 14 years,
to a fine, or
to both.
In the case of an offence under this section where—the maximum amount of the fine on summary conviction is the greater of £20,000 or the statutory maximum (as the case may be), and the amount equal to three times the sum of the amounts (if any) by which the return underestimates any person's liability to plastic packaging tax.
the document referred to in subsection (1) is a return required under any provision made by or under this Part of this Act, or
the information referred to in subsection (2) is contained in or otherwise relevant to such a return,
In subsection (4) the reference to the amount by which a person's liability to plastic packaging tax is understated is the sum of—
the amount (if any) by which the person's gross liability was understated, and
the amount (if any) by which any entitlements of the person to tax credits and repayments of plastic packaging tax were overstated.
In subsection (5) “gross liability” means liability to plastic packaging tax before any deduction is made in respect of—
any entitlement to any tax credits, or
any repayment of plastic packaging tax.
For the purposes of any proceedings for an offence under this section it is immaterial whether the particulars of the offence or offences that must have been committed are known.
A person guilty of an offence under this section is liable (subject to subsection (4))—
on summary conviction in England and Wales—
to imprisonment for a term not exceeding 6 months,
to a fine not exceeding £20,000, or
to both;
on summary conviction in Scotland—
to imprisonment for a term not exceeding 6 months,
to a fine not exceeding the statutory maximum, or
to both;
on summary conviction in Northern Ireland—
to imprisonment for a term not exceeding 6 months,
to a fine not exceeding the statutory maximum, or
to both;
on conviction on indictment—
to imprisonment for a term not exceeding 14 years,
to a fine, or
to both.
In the case of any offence under this section, the maximum amount of the fine on summary conviction is the greater of £20,000 or the statutory maximum (as the case may be), and the amount equal to three times the sum of the amounts of plastic packaging tax which are shown to be amounts that were or were intended to be evaded by the conduct in question.
For the purposes of subsection (4), the amounts of plastic packaging tax that were, or were intended to be, evaded are to be taken as including—which was, or was intended to be, obtained in circumstances when there was no entitlement to it.
the amount of any tax credit, and
the amount of any repayment of plastic packaging tax,
In determining for the purposes of subsection (4) the amounts of plastic packaging tax that were, or were intended to be, evaded, no account is to be taken of the extent to which any liability to tax of a person would be, or would have been, reduced by the amount of any tax credit or repayment of plastic packaging tax to which the person was, or would have been, entitled.
Where a person (P) fails to comply with a relevant requirement, P is liable to—
a fixed penalty of £500, and
a daily penalty of £40 for each day, after the first, on which the person continues to fail to comply.
Where P is liable to a daily penalty in respect of a continuing failure to comply with a relevant requirement P is not liable to a further fixed penalty in respect of that failure.
P is not liable to a penalty under this section in respect of an act or omission in respect of which P—
has been convicted of an offence, or
is liable to a penalty other than under this section.
P is not liable to a penalty under this section if P satisfies the Commissioners or (on appeal) the appeal tribunal within the meaning of Schedule 11 that there is a reasonable excuse for the failure.
For the purposes of subsection (4)—
an insufficiency of funds is not a reasonable excuse, unless it is attributable to events outside P's control,
where P relies on any other person to do anything, that is not a reasonable excuse unless P took reasonable care to avoid the failure, and
where P had a reasonable excuse for the failure but the excuse has ceased, P is to be treated as having continued to have the excuse if the failure is remedied without unreasonable delay after the excuse ceased.
Where P is liable to a penalty under this section—
the Commissioners or, on appeal, the appeal tribunal within the meaning of Schedule 11, may reduce the penalty to such amount (including nil) as they think proper;
on an appeal relating to any penalty reduced by the Commissioners, the appeal tribunal may cancel the whole or any part of the Commissioners' reduction.
In this section, “relevant requirement” means an obligation or a requirement imposed by or under—
section 58 (variation and correction of the register);
section 61 (payment, collection and recovery);
section 63 (records);
section 65 (security for tax);
section 68 (statements);
section 69 (tax representatives);
section 74 (death, incapacity or insolvency of person carrying on a business);
section 75 (transfer of business as a going concern);
Schedule 9 (secondary liability and assessment notices and joint and several liability notices);
Schedule 13 (groups of companies).
The Treasury may by regulations amend subsection (1) so as to substitute for the amounts for the time being specified there amounts taking account of inflation.
The Treasury may by regulations amend subsection (7) so as to add or remove a requirement relating to plastic packaging tax as a “relevant requirement”.
Schedule 14 makes provision about the assessment of penalties under this section.
Sections 145 to 155 of CEMA 1979 (proceedings for offences, mitigation of penalties and certain other matters) apply in relation to offences under this Part as they apply in relation to offences under the customs and excise Acts.
General
Schedule 15 makes minor and consequential amendments to other legislation.
In this Part—“accounting period” has the meaning given by section 46(2);“attributed recycled plastic” is to be construed in accordance with section 49;“chargeable plastic packaging component” is to be construed in accordance with section 47;“chemical recycling certification scheme” is to be construed in accordance with section 49A;“the Commissioners” means the Commissioners for Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs;“the customs and excise Acts” has the same meaning as in CEMA 1979 (see section 1(1) of that Act);“finished” has the meaning given by section 47(3);“HMRC” means Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs;“imported” is to be construed in accordance with section 50;“joint and several liability notice” has the meaning that it has in Part 2 of Schedule 9;“packaging component” and “plastic packaging component” are to be construed in accordance with section 48;“plastic” and “recycled plastic” are to be construed in accordance with section 49;“the register” means the register under section 54(1) (and references to registration are to registration in that register);“secondary liability and assessment notice” has the meaning that it has in Part 1 of Schedule 9;“tax credit”, unless the context requires otherwise, means a tax credit in accordance with regulations under section 53.
Regulations under this Part—
may make different provision for different purposes;
may include incidental, consequential, supplementary, transitional or transitory provision.
Regulations under this Part may make provision by reference to things specified in a notice that is—
published by the Commissioners in accordance with the regulations, and
not withdrawn by a further notice.
Any power of the Commissioners to make regulations under this Part may instead be exercised by the Treasury.
Regulations under this Part are to be made by statutory instrument.
A statutory instrument containing regulations under the following provisions is subject to the made affirmative procedure—
section 48(5) (meaning of “packaging component”);
section 49(8) (meaning of “plastic” and “recycled plastic” , “recycled plastic” and “attributed recycled plastic”);
section 50(3) (timing of importation);
section 52 (exempt plastic packaging components);
Any other statutory instrument containing regulations under this Part is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons (“the negative procedure”).
But subsection (6) does not apply to a statutory instrument containing only regulations under section 85 (commencement of this Part).
Where a statutory instrument under this Act is subject to “the made affirmative procedure”—
it must be laid before the House of Commons after being made, and
it ceases to have effect at the end of the period of 28 sitting days beginning with the day on which the instrument is made, unless within that period the instrument is approved by a resolution of the House of Commons.
Where regulations cease to have effect as a result of subsection (8), that does not—
affect anything previously done under the regulations, or
prevent the making of new regulations.
Any provision that may be included in regulations in a statutory instrument under this Act subject to the negative procedure may be included in regulations in a statutory instrument subject to the made affirmative procedure.
In this section, “sitting day” means a day on which the House of Commons is sitting (and a day is only a day on which the House of Commons is sitting if the House begins to sit on that day).
This Part—
comes into force on such day as the Treasury may by regulations appoint, and
has effect in relation to packaging components that are produced in the United Kingdom or imported into the United Kingdom on or after 1 April 2022.
Regulations under this section may appoint different days for different purposes.
Other taxes
Inheritance tax
Sections 8 and 8D(7) of IHTA 1984 (indexation of rate bands, residential enhancement and taper threshold) do not have effect by virtue of any difference between—
the consumer prices index for the month of September in 2020, 2021, 2022, 2023 , 2024, 2025, 2026, 2027, 2028 or 2029, and
that index for the previous September.
Stamp duty land tax
The Stamp Duty Land Tax (Temporary Relief) Act 2020 is amended as follows.
In section 1 (reduced rates of SDLT on residential property for a temporary period)—
in subsection (1)(b) (which specifies the end of that temporary period), for “31 March 2021” substitute “ 30 June 2021 ”,
in subsections (1) and (6)(a), for “temporary” substitute “ initial temporary ”, and
in the heading, for “a temporary” substitute “ an initial temporary ”.
After that section insert—
Schedule 16 makes provision for increased rates of stamp duty land tax in respect of non-resident transactions.
In Schedule 4A to FA 2003 (higher rate of SDLT for certain transactions), after paragraph 5F insert—
In that Schedule, after paragraph 5K insert—
Schedule 17 contains minor and consequential amendments of Part 4 of FA 2003 (stamp duty land tax).
The amendments made by this section and Schedule 17 have effect in relation to any land transaction of which the effective date is 3 March 2021 or a later date.
Annual tax on enveloped dwellings
In section 150 of FA 2013 (providers of social housing)—
after subsection (3) insert—, and
in the heading, at the end insert “ etc ”.
After that section insert—
The amendments made by this section have effect in relation to—
the chargeable period beginning with 1 April 2021 and all subsequent chargeable periods;
the chargeable period beginning with 1 April 2020 but only in relation to a person and a single-dwelling interest falling within case A or case B.
Case A is that the first day in the chargeable period on which the person is within the charge with respect to the single-dwelling interest is on or after 3 March 2021.
Case B is that the person was within the charge with respect to the single-dwelling interest on one or more days in the chargeable period before 3 March 2021 but has not delivered an annual tax on enveloped dwellings return for the period with respect to the interest by 3 March 2021.
For the purposes of subsections (3) to (5), “single-dwelling interest”, “within the charge” and “annual tax on enveloped dwellings return” have the same meanings that they have for the purposes of Part 3 of FA 2013.
A claim for repayment of annual tax on enveloped dwellings paid, before 3 March 2021, by or on behalf of a chargeable person with respect to a single-dwelling interest may be made by the person for each day (if any) in the chargeable period beginning with 1 April 2020 on which—
a qualifying housing co-operative was entitled to the interest.
For the purposes of a claim under this section with respect to a single-dwelling interest—
a company is a qualifying housing co-operative on any day if on that day it would have been a qualifying housing co-operative for the purposes of section 150(3A) of FA 2013 (if sections 150(3A) and 150A of FA 2013 (inserted by section 90) had been in force on that day);
each day on which the conditions in subsection (1)(a) and (b) are met with respect to the interest is a “relievable day”;
references to “the relevant return” are to the annual tax on enveloped dwellings return for the chargeable period beginning with 1 April 2020 with respect to the interest.
Where a claim is made under this section with respect to a single-dwelling interest, HMRC must repay the total of the daily amounts for all the relievable days.
A claim under this section must be made by amending the relevant return under paragraph 3 of Schedule 33 to FA 2013 on the same basis as it would have been amended if, on each of the relievable days, the chargeable person had been entitled to claim the type of relief numbered 8 in the table in section 159A(9) of FA 2013.
Terms used in this section and in Part 3 of FA 2013 have the same meaning in this section as in that Part.
Value added tax
In Articles 2 and 5 of the Value Added Tax (Reduced Rate) (Hospitality and Tourism) (Coronavirus) Order 2020 (S.I. 2020/728), for “31st March 2021” substitute “ 30th September 2021 ”.
The modifications made by Articles 3 and 4 of the Value Added Tax (Reduced Rate) (Hospitality and Tourism) (Coronavirus) Order 2020 (S.I. 2020/728) (“the Reduced Rate Order”) continue to have effect (despite Article 2 of that Order) during the relevant period.
During that period, in relation to a supply that is of a description within Groups 14 to 16 in Part 2 of Schedule 7A to VATA 1994, the reference in section 29A(1) of that Act to “5 per cent” is to be read as a reference to “12.5 per cent” (and any reference elsewhere in that Act to a rate of 5% in the context of a supply of a description specified in Schedule 7A is to be read accordingly).
The modifications made by Article 6 of the Reduced Rate Order also continue to have effect (despite Article 5 of that Order) during the relevant period, but subject to the modifications in subsection (4).
The modifications to Article 6 of the Reduced Rate Order mentioned in subsection (3) are—
as if in paragraph (a), for “4.5” there were substituted “ 8.5 ”;
as if in paragraph (b), for “0” there were substituted “ 5.5 ”;
as if in paragraph (c), for “1” there were substituted “ 4 ”.
The relevant period means the period—
beginning with the day after the day on which the modifications made by Articles 3, 4 and 6 of the Reduced Rate Order would otherwise cease to apply by virtue of the ending of the periods mentioned in Articles 2 and 5 of that Order (whether in accordance with section 92 or any regulations made under section 26B or 29A(3) of VATA 1994), and
ending on 31 March 2022.
The Treasury may by regulations—
repeal subsections (1) to (5);
amend subsection (5) so as to substitute for the period for the time being mentioned there such other period as they consider appropriate.
A statutory instrument containing regulations under subsection (6) that would increase the rate of value added tax to be charged on a supply must be laid before the House of Commons after being made and, unless approved by that House before the end of the period of 28 days beginning with the date on which the instrument is made, ceases to have effect at the end of that period.
Any other statutory instrument containing regulations under subsection (6) is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons.
The fact that a statutory instrument ceases to have effect as a result of subsection (7) does not affect—
anything previously done under the instrument, or
the making of a new instrument.
In calculating the period of 28 days mentioned in subsection (7), no account is to be taken of any time—
during which Parliament is dissolved or prorogued, or
during which the House of Commons is adjourned for more than four days.
In paragraph 6 of Schedule 11 to VATA 1994 (duty of taxable person to keep records), omit sub-paragraphs (7) to (9).
In Schedule 18, which makes provision in relation to the Protocol on Ireland/Northern Ireland in the EU withdrawal agreement about value added tax and distance selling—
Part 1 makes provision amending—
the criteria for registration under Part 9 of Schedule 9ZA to VATA 1994 (value added tax on acquisitions in Northern Ireland from member States: registration in respect of distance sales), and
the application of the place of supply rules in Part 5 of Schedule 9ZB to VATA 1994 (goods removed to or from Northern Ireland: rules relating to particular supplies);
Part 2 makes provision implementing the European Union schemes known as the One Stop Shop (“OSS”) and the Import One Stop Shop (“IOSS”);
Part 3 makes provision amending Schedule 9ZC to VATA 1994 (online sales by overseas persons and low value importations: modifications relating to the Northern Ireland Protocol) to omit Part 2 of that Schedule (modifications of the Value Added Tax (Imported Goods) Relief Order 1984);
Part 4 makes provision about supplies of goods by persons established outside the United Kingdom that are facilitated by online marketplaces.
The Treasury may by regulations made by statutory instrument make such provision as they consider appropriate in consequence of this section or Schedule 18, including provision amending, repealing or revoking any provision of an Act whenever passed or made (including this Act and any Act amended by it).
The Treasury may by regulations made by statutory instrument make such transitional, transitory, saving, supplementary or incidental provision as they consider appropriate in connection with the coming into force of this section or Schedule 18.
Regulations under subsections (2) and (3) may (among other things)—
confer on a person specified in the regulations a discretion to do anything under, or for the purposes of, the regulations;
make provision by reference to things specified in a notice published in accordance with the regulations;
make different provision for different purposes or areas.
A statutory instrument that—is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons.
contains (whether alone or with other provision) regulations under subsection (2), and
is not subject to any requirement under section 96 that the instrument be laid before, and approved by a resolution of, the House of Commons after being made,
This subsection and the following provisions come into force on the day on which this Act is passed—
subsection (1) and Schedule 18 so far as making provision for anything to be done by regulations, directions or public notice, and
subsections (2) to (5), (7) and (8).
Subsection (1) and Schedule 18 come into force for all remaining purposes on such day as the Treasury may by regulations made by statutory instrument appoint.
Regulations under subsection (7) may appoint different days for different purposes.
The Treasury may by regulations made by statutory instrument make such provision relating to value added tax as they consider appropriate in relation to the Protocol on Ireland/Northern Ireland in the EU withdrawal agreement—
for the purposes of, or in connection with, giving effect to Council Directive (EU) 2017/2455 of 5 December 2017 amending Directive 2006/112/EC and Directive 2009/132/EC as regards certain value added tax obligations for supplies of services and distance sales of goods, or
otherwise for the purposes of dealing with matters arising out of, or related to, that Directive.
No regulations may be made under this section on or after 1 April 2024.
Regulations under this section—
may make any such provision as might be made by an Act of Parliament, including provision amending or repealing any provision of this Act, but
may not make provision taking effect from a date earlier than that of the making of the regulations.
A statutory instrument containing (whether alone or with other provision) regulations under this section that amend or repeal any Act of Parliament must be laid before the House of Commons after being made.
Regulations contained in a statutory instrument laid before the House of Commons under subsection (4) cease to have effect at the end of the period of 28 days beginning with the day on which the instrument is made unless, during that period, the instrument is approved by a resolution of the House of Commons.
In calculating the period of 28 days, no account is to be taken of any whole days that fall within a period during which—
Parliament is dissolved or prorogued, or
the House of Commons is adjourned for more than four days.
If regulations cease to have effect as a result of subsection (5), that does not—
affect the validity of anything previously done under or by virtue of the instrument, or
prevent the making of new regulations.
A statutory instrument containing (whether alone or with other provision) regulations under this section to which subsection (4) does not apply is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons.
This section comes into force on the day on which this Act is passed.
In Schedule 6 to VATA 1994 (valuation: special cases), after paragraph 11 insert—
The amendment made by subsection (1) has effect in relation to supplies made on or after IP completion day.
In section 42 of TCTA 2018 (EU law relating to VAT), after subsection (4) insert—
That section has effect, and is to be deemed always to have had effect, with the amendment made by subsection (1).
Schedule 19 makes provision about—
powers of the Commissioners for Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs to agree that payment of sums to meet liabilities described in article 5 of the Finance Act 2008, Section 135 (Coronavirus) Order 2020 (S.I. 2020/934) (“the Coronavirus Order 2020”) may be further deferred,
surcharges arising on such sums, and
a penalty payable in connection with non-payment of such sums.
Subsection (1) and Schedule 19 are to be treated as having come into force on 9 March 2021.
The Treasury may by regulations repeal paragraphs 4 to 11 of Schedule 19 (penalty) where they consider it appropriate to do so by reason of circumstances arising as a result of the emergency specified in article 2 of the Coronavirus Order 2020.
Regulations made under subsection (3)—
must make provision for the repayment of amounts paid in respect of penalties under Schedule 19, and
may make other transitional provision.
Regulations under this section are to be made by statutory instrument.
A statutory instrument containing regulations under this section is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons.
In section 33(3) of the Value Added Tax Act 1994 (refunds of VAT in certain cases), after paragraph (i) insert—.
The amendment made by this section has effect in relation to supplies made, and acquisitions and importations taking place, on or after 1 April 2021.
Customs duty
Schedule 20 contains amendments of the Customs (Northern Ireland) (EU Exit) Regulations 2020 (S.I. 2020/1605) in connection with the removal of certain steel products to Northern Ireland.
Fuel duties
Schedule 21 makes—
provision amending HODA 1979 to restrict the use of rebated diesel and biofuels to specified categories of machines, and
related provision.
Schedule 21 comes into force on 1 April 2022.
The Treasury may by regulations make such consequential, supplementary, incidental, transitional, transitory or saving provision as the Treasury consider appropriate in connection with the coming into force of Schedule 21.
Regulations under subsection (3) may—
amend, repeal or revoke provision made by or under an Act passed before this Act;
make different provision for different purposes or areas.
Regulations under subsection (3) are to be made by statutory instrument.
A statutory instrument containing regulations under subsection (3) is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons.
Tobacco products duty
In Schedule 1 to TDPA 1979 (table of rates of tobacco products duty), for the Table substitute—
In consequence of the provision made by subsection (1), the Tobacco Products Duty (Alteration of Rates) Order 2020 (S.I. 2020/1256) is revoked.
Vehicle taxes
Schedule 1 to VERA 1994 (annual rates of vehicle excise duty) is amended as follows.
In paragraph 1 (general rate)—
in sub-paragraph (2) (vehicle not covered elsewhere in Schedule with engine cylinder capacity exceeding 1,549cc), for “£270” substitute “ £280 ”, and
in sub-paragraph (2A) (vehicle not covered elsewhere in Schedule with engine cylinder capacity not exceeding 1,549cc), for “£165” substitute “ £170 ”.
In paragraph 1B (graduated rates for light passenger vehicles registered before 1 April 2017), for the Table substitute—.
In the sentence immediately following the Table in that paragraph, for paragraphs (a) and (b) substitute—
In paragraph 1GC (graduated rates for first licence for light passenger vehicles registered on or after 1 April 2017), for Table 1 (vehicles other than higher rate diesel vehicles) substitute—
In that paragraph, for Table 2 (higher rate diesel vehicles) substitute—.
In paragraph 1GD(1) (rates for any other licence for light passenger vehicles registered on or after 1 April 2017)—
in paragraph (a) (reduced rate), for “£140” substitute “ £145 ”, and
in paragraph (b) (standard rate), for “£150” substitute “ £155 ”.
In paragraph 1GE(2) (rates for light passenger vehicles registered on or after 1 April 2017 with a price exceeding £40,000)—
in paragraph (a), for “£465” substitute “ £480 ”, and
in paragraph (b), for “£475” substitute “ £490 ”.
In paragraph 1J(a) (rates for light goods vehicles that are not pre-2007 or post-2008 lower emission vans), for “£265” substitute “ £275 ”.
In paragraph 2(1) (rates for motorcycles)—
in paragraph (a) (engine cylinder capacity not exceeding 150cc), for “£20” substitute “ £21 ”,
in paragraph (b) (motorbicycles with engine cylinder capacity exceeding 150cc but not exceeding 400cc), for “£44” substitute “ £45 ”,
in paragraph (c) (motorbicycles with engine cylinder capacity exceeding 400cc but not exceeding 600cc), for “£67” substitute “ £69 ”, and
in paragraph (d) (other cases), for “£93” substitute “ £96 ”.
The amendments made by this section have effect in relation to licences taken out on or after 1 April 2021.
Section 19 of VERA 1994 (rebates of vehicle excise duty) is amended as follows.
In subsection (3A) for “subsection (3B)” substitute “ subsections (3B) and (3C) ”.
After subsection (3B) insert—
The amendments made by this section have effect in relation to cases where a rebate condition (within the meaning of section 19 of VERA 1994) is satisfied on or after 1 April 2021.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air passenger duty
In section 30(4A) of FA 1994 (air passenger duty: long haul rates)—
in paragraph (a), for “£82” substitute “ £84 ”, and
in paragraph (b), for “£180” substitute “ £185 ”.
The amendments made by this section have effect in relation to the carriage of passengers beginning on or after 1 April 2022.
Gaming duty
In section 11(2) of FA 1997 (rates of gaming duty), for the table substitute—.
The amendment made by this section has effect in relation to accounting periods beginning on or after 1 April 2021.
Environmental taxes
Paragraph 42 of Schedule 6 to FA 2000 (climate change levy: amount payable by way of levy) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (1), for the table substitute—.
In sub-paragraph (1)(c) (reduced-rate supplies in respect of any taxable commodity other than electricity or petroleum gas, or other gaseous hydrocarbon, supplied in a liquid state), for “17” substitute “ 14 ”.
In consequence of the amendment made by subsection (3), in the definition of “r” in the Notes to paragraph 2 of Schedule 1 to the Climate Change Levy (General) Regulations 2001, for “0.83” substitute “ 0.86 ”.
The amendments made by this section have effect in relation to supplies treated as taking place on or after 1 April 2022 but before 1 April 2023.
Paragraph 42 of Schedule 6 to FA 2000 (climate change levy: amount payable by way of levy) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (1), for the table substitute—.
In sub-paragraph (1)(c) (reduced-rate supplies in respect of any taxable commodity other than electricity or petroleum gas, or other gaseous hydrocarbon, supplied in a liquid state), as amended by section 109(3), for “14” substitute “ 12 ”.
The amendments made by this section have effect in relation to supplies treated as taking place on or after 1 April 2023.
Section 42 of FA 1996 (amount of landfill tax) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1)(a) (standard rate), for “£94.15” substitute “ £96.70 ”.
In subsection (2) (reduced rate for certain disposals), in the words after paragraph (b)—
for “£94.15” substitute “ £96.70 ”, and
for “£3” substitute “ £3.10 ”.
The amendments made by this section have effect in relation to disposals made (or treated as made) on or after 1 April 2021.
In FA 2019, omit Part 3 (carbon emissions tax).
Miscellaneous and final
Freeports and investment zones
The Treasury may by regulations designate an area in Great Britain as a special area for the purposes of—
Part 2 of CAA 2001 (plant and machinery allowances),
Part 2A of CAA 2001 (structures and buildings allowances), and
where the area is in England, Part 4 of FA 2003 (stamp duty land tax).
An area may only be designated by regulations under this section if, at the time the regulations are made—
the area is situated in a freeport or an investment zone, or
the Treasury consider that the area is being used, or is likely to be used, for purposes connected with activities carried on, or likely to be carried on, in a freeport or an investment zone.
An area designated under this section is to be known as a “special tax site”.
Regulations under this section must specify the date on which the designation takes effect.
For the purposes of this section any reference to a freeport or an investment zone is to an area which is identified as such in a document published by, or with the consent of, the Treasury for the purposes of this section (and not withdrawn).
Any regulations made by the Treasury in reliance on a resolution under section 1 of the Provisional Collection of Taxes Act 1968 and in force immediately before the passing of this Act which make a designation described in subsections (1) and (2) have effect as if validly made under this section.
Schedule 22 makes provision about capital allowances for expenditure incurred in connection with freeport tax sites.
In that Schedule —
Part 1 provides for a first-year allowance under Part 2 of CAA 2001 (plant and machinery allowances),
Part 2 provides for a different rate of allowance under Part 2A of CAA 2001 (structures and buildings allowances), and
Part 3 contains related amendments.
Schedule 23 provides for relief under Part 4 of FA 2003 in the case of transactions relating to land in a freeport tax site.
Penalties
Schedule 24 contains provision for imposing penalties on persons in respect of failures to make certain returns.
Schedule 25 contains provision for imposing penalties on persons who, by failing to make certain returns, deliberately withhold information which would enable or assist HMRC to assess that person's liability to tax.
Schedules 24 and 25 come into force on such day as the Treasury may by regulations appoint.
Different days may be appointed for different purposes.
The Treasury may by regulations make transitional, transitory or saving provision in connection with the coming into force of any provision in Schedules 24 and 25.
The power to make regulations under subsection (5) includes power to make different provision for different purposes.
Regulations under this section are to be made by statutory instrument.
Schedule 26 contains provision for imposing penalties on persons in respect of failures to make certain payments on time.
Schedule 26 comes into force on such day as the Treasury may by regulations appoint.
Different days may be appointed for different purposes.
The Treasury may by regulations make transitional, transitory or saving provision in connection with the coming into force of any provision in Schedule 26.
The power to make regulations under subsection (4) includes power to make different provision for different purposes.
Regulations under this section are to be made by statutory instrument.
Schedule 27 comes into force on such day as the Treasury may by regulations appoint.
Different days may be appointed for different purposes.
The Treasury may by regulations make transitional, transitory or saving provision in connection with the coming into force of any provision in Schedule 27.
The Treasury may by regulations make provision that is consequential on Schedules 24 to 26.
Regulations under subsection (5) may—
include provision amending, repealing or revoking any provision of an Act or subordinate legislation whenever passed or made (including this Act and any Act amended by it);
make supplementary, incidental, transitional, transitory or saving provision.
In subsection (6) “subordinate legislation” has the same meaning as in the Interpretation Act 1978.
The power to make regulations under subsection (4) or (5) includes power to make different provision for different purposes.
Regulations under this section are to be made by statutory instrument.
A statutory instrument containing (whether alone or with other provision) regulations under subsection (5) that amend or repeal provision made by an Act is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons.
Schedule 28 makes provision in relation to penalties to which a person may be liable after a follower notice has been given under Chapter 2 of Part 4 of FA 2014.
Interest
Schedule 29 contains amendments of FA 2009 relating to late payment interest, repayment interest and VAT.
Schedule 29 comes into force on such day as the Treasury may by regulations appoint.
Different days may be appointed for different purposes.
The Treasury may by regulations make transitional, transitory or saving provision in connection with the coming into force of any provision in Schedule 29.
The Treasury may by regulations make provision that is consequential on Schedule 29.
Regulations under subsection (5) may—
include provision amending, repealing or revoking any provision of an Act or subordinate legislation whenever passed or made (including this Act and any Act amended by it);
make supplementary, incidental, transitional, transitory or saving provision.
In subsection (6) “subordinate legislation” has the same meaning as in the Interpretation Act 1978.
The power to make regulations under subsection (4) or (5) includes power to make different provision for different purposes.
Regulations under this section are to be made by statutory instrument.
A statutory instrument containing (whether alone or with other provision) regulations under subsection (5) that amend or repeal provision made by an Act is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons.
Avoidance
Part 5 of FA 2014 (promoters of tax avoidance schemes) is amended in accordance with Schedule 30.
Part 1 of that Schedule contains—
amendments about “stop notices”, which prohibit the promotion of arrangements of a description specified in the notice, and
amendments about the application of Schedule 36 to FA 2008 (information and inspection powers) in connection with Part 5 of FA 2014.
Part 2 of that Schedule contains amendments in connection with providing for persons (whether or not they carry on a business) to be treated as carrying on business as a promoter as a result of their connection to other persons.
Part 3 of that Schedule contains amendments about powers to give a person a conduct notice or monitoring notice as a result of the transfer of a business, a part of a business, or property of a business to that person.
Part 4 of that Schedule contains miscellaneous amendments of Part 5 of FA 2014.
The amendments made by that Schedule, other than the amendments made by paragraphs 20, 21 and 27 of that Schedule, have effect—
from the day on which this Act is passed, and
for the purposes of determining whether a person meets a threshold condition (within the meaning of Part 5 of FA 2014), or a condition in subsections (11) to (13) of Section 237A of FA 2014, in a period of three years ending on or after that day.
Schedule 31 makes provision about the disclosure of tax avoidance schemes.
Schedule 16 to F(No.2)A 2017 (penalties for enablers of defeated tax avoidance) is amended as follows.
In paragraph 21 (special provision about assessment for multi-user schemes)—
in sub-paragraph (1)(c), for “, the required percentage of relevant defeats has not been reached” substitute “ (other than a tribunal or court defeat), neither condition 1 nor condition 2 has been met ”;
in sub-paragraph (2), for “the required percentage of relevant defeats is reached” substitute “ condition 1 or condition 2 is met ”;
after sub-paragraph (2) insert—;
in sub-paragraph (3)—
after “required” insert “ number or ”;
for the words from “defeats have” to the end of the sub-paragraph substitute
In paragraph 22 (time limit for assessment)—
in sub-paragraph (3)—
in paragraph (a), for “the required percentage of defeats was reached” substitute “ condition 1 or condition 2 was met ”;
for paragraph (b) substitute—;
in paragraph (ii) for “that required percentage was reached” substitute “ the first of condition 1 or condition 2 was met ”;
in sub-paragraph (4), in the words after paragraph (b), for “the required percentage of relevant defeats is reached” substitute “ condition 1 or condition 2 is met ”.
In paragraph 40 (information and inspection powers: application of Schedule 36 to FA 2008)—
for sub-paragraph (1) substitute—;
in sub-paragraph (2), in the definition of “relevant person”, at the end of the definition insert “ (or will become or may become so liable if T incurs a defeat) ”;
after sub-paragraph (2) insert—
In paragraph 41 (general modifications of Schedule 36 to FA 2008 as applied)—
in the words before sub-paragraph (a), for “the purpose” substitute “ a purpose ”;
in sub-paragraph (d), for the words from “the investigation” to the end of the sub-paragraph substitute.
In paragraph 42 (specific modifications of Schedule 36 to FA 2008 as applied)—
in sub-paragraph (1)—
for “the purpose” substitute “ a purpose ”;
for “(2)” substitute “ (1A) ”;
after sub-paragraph (1) insert—;
after sub-paragraph (2) insert—
In paragraph 43 (exclusion of paragraphs 50 and 51 of Schedule 36 to FA 2008), for “the purpose” substitute “ a purpose ”.
In paragraph 48 (restrictions on power to publish information about persons who have incurred a penalty)—
in sub-paragraph (1), omit paragraph (c);
in sub-paragraph (2), for “(1)(c) and (d)” substitute “ (1)(d) ”;
omit sub-paragraph (3).
The amendments made by subsections (2) and (3) do not have effect in relation to a person who is liable to a penalty under paragraph 1 of Schedule 16 to F(No.2)A 2017 solely by reason of actions of the person carried out before the day on which this Act is passed.
Where the amendments made by subsections (2) and (3) have effect, in determining whether condition 1 or 2 is met in relation to particular tax arrangements, account may be taken of defeats incurred in the case of other related arrangements before the day on which this Act is passed.
For the purposes of subsection (10), “condition 1”, “condition 2”, “defeat” and “related arrangements” have the same meanings as in paragraph 21 of Schedule 16 to F(No.2)A 2017 (as amended by subsection (2)).
The amendments made by subsections (4) to (7) have effect for a purpose mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b) of paragraph 40(1) of Schedule 16 to F(No.2)A 2017 (as substituted by subsection (4)(a)) in relation to tax arrangements whenever entered into (whether before or after the passing of this Act).
The amendments made by subsection (8) do not have effect in relation to a person who incurs a penalty under paragraph 1 of Schedule 16 to F(No.2)A 2017 whose liability to the penalty arose solely by reason of actions of the person carried out before the day on which this Act is passed.
Schedule 32 makes provision about the operation of the general anti-abuse rule in relation to partnerships.
The amendments made by the Schedule have effect in relation to tax arrangements (within the meaning of Part 5 of FA 2013) entered into at any time (whether before or after the passing of this Act).
Conditionality
Schedule 33 contains provision requiring licensing authorities, before considering an application for an authorisation to which that Schedule applies—
in the case of a first-time application, to give the applicant information relating to tax compliance, and
in the case of any other application, to obtain from HMRC confirmation that the applicant has given HMRC information relating to tax compliance.
Schedule 33 has effect in relation to applications made on or after 4 April 2022.
HMRC powers
Schedule 36 to FA 2008 (information and inspection powers) is amended as follows.
After paragraph 4 insert—
In paragraph 6 (notices)—
in sub-paragraph (1), after “2,” insert “ 4A, ”;
in sub-paragraph (4), after “4” insert “ , 4A ”.
After paragraph 61 insert—
As soon as reasonably practicable after the end of each financial year, the Commissioners for Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs must provide the Treasury with—
information about the number of financial institution notices given during that financial year, and
such other information (if any) relating to financial institution notices as the Treasury may reasonably require.
Information received under subsection (5) must be included in a report laid before the House of Commons by the Treasury.
The report mentioned in subsection (6) must be laid not later than 31 January following the end of the financial year to which the information relates.
For the purposes of subsections (5) to (7)—“financial institution notice” means a notice under paragraph 4A of Schedule 36 to FA 2008; each of the following is a “financial year”—the period beginning with the date on which this Schedule comes into force and ending with 31 March 2022, and each successive period of 12 months.
The amendments made by subsections (2) to (4) have effect—
for the purpose of checking the tax position of a taxpayer as regards periods or tax liabilities whenever arising, or
for the purpose of collecting a tax debt of a taxpayer whenever arising.
Schedule 36 to FA 2008 (information and inspection powers) is amended as follows.
In paragraph 1(1) (taxpayer notices), at the end insert “ or for the purpose of collecting a tax debt of the taxpayer ”.
In paragraph 2(1) (third party notices), at the end insert “ or for the purpose of collecting a tax debt of the taxpayer ”.
In paragraph 5(2) (persons whose identities are not known), after “tax position of” insert “ or for the purpose of collecting a tax debt of ”.
In paragraph 5A (persons whose identity can be ascertained)—
in sub-paragraph (2), at the end insert “ or for the purpose of collecting a tax debt of the taxpayer ”, and
in sub-paragraph (7), after “tax position of”, in both places, insert “ , or for the purpose of collecting a tax debt of, ”.
After paragraph 63 insert—
After paragraph 63A (inserted by subsection (6)) insert—
The amendments made by this section have effect for the purpose of collecting a tax debt of a person whenever arising.
Schedule 34 makes miscellaneous amendments of Schedule 36 to FA 2008 (information and inspection powers).
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In Schedule 3 to CEMA 1979 (provisions relating to forfeiture), after paragraph 17 insert—
The amendments made by this section have effect in relation to a thing seized as liable to forfeiture on or after the day on which this Act is passed.
In Chapter 2 of Part 1 of FA 1994 (customs and excise: appeals and penalties), after section 16 insert—
In section 16A(1) of FA 1994 (inserted by subsection (1) of this section), the reference to HMRC notifying P of an approval decision includes a reference to HMRC having notified P of such a decision before the coming into force of this section.
This section comes into force on such day as the Commissioners may by regulations made by statutory instrument appoint.
Banking
In section 70O of CAA 2001 (funding leases: the lease payments test)—
in subsection (4)(b), for “1% above LIBOR” substitute “ the incremental borrowing rate ”;
for subsection (5) substitute—
In section 228MB of CAA 2001 (plant or machinery leases: present value of asset)—
in subsection (3), for “1% above LIBOR” substitute “ the incremental borrowing rate ”;
for subsection (4) substitute—
In section 437C of CTA 2010 (plant or machinery lease: present value of lease)—
in subsection (6), for “1% above LIBOR” substitute “ the incremental borrowing rate ”;
for subsection (7) substitute—
Subsection (1) has effect in relation to leases the inception of which (within the meaning of section 70YI of CAA 2001) is on or after 1 January 2022.
Subsection (2) has effect in relation to leases entered into on or after 1 January 2022.
Subsection (3) has effect in cases where the relevant time for the purposes of section 437C of CTA 2010 is on or after 1 January 2022.
The Treasury may by regulations make provision about the tax consequences of things done in anticipation of or in connection with—
the reform or discontinuance of LIBOR, or
the reform or discontinuance of another reference rate.
Regulations under this section may, for example, make provision—
changing the tax treatment of transactions (including by disregarding a transaction or treating a transaction as taking place at a different time or to a different extent);
changing the tax treatment of amounts (including by disregarding an amount or treating an amount as larger or smaller than it actually is).
Regulations under this section may include retrospective provision.
Where regulations under this section do so—
they must include provision conferring power on a person to make an election for no provision of the regulations to have retrospective effect in the person's case;
they may include provision conferring power on a person to make such other election limiting the retrospective effect of the regulations in the person's case as is specified in the regulations.
Regulations that include provision for an election mentioned in subsection (4)—
must include provision about how the election is to be made, and
may include provision for a time limit within which the election is to be made.
Regulations under this section may—
apply an enactment (with or without modifications) or disapply an enactment, or
amend, repeal or revoke an enactment.
Regulations under this section may—
make different provision for different cases or purposes, and
include incidental, consequential, supplementary or transitional provision.
Regulations under this section are to be made by statutory instrument.
No regulations may be made under this section unless a draft of the statutory instrument containing them has been laid before and approved by a resolution of the House of Commons.
In this section—“enactment” includes an enactment contained in subordinate legislation (within the meaning of the Interpretation Act 1978);“reference rate” means a published rate used to set interest rates for financial instruments;“tax” includes stamp duty.
The power conferred by this section is not exercisable after 31 December 2023, except for the purpose of revoking regulations made under it on or before that date.
In section 133N of CTA 2009 (powers to amend provisions relating to banking companies), after subsection (3) insert—
Chapter 2 of Part 7A of CTA 2010 (banking companies: key definitions) is amended as follows.
For the italic heading before section 269BE (power to make consequential changes) substitute “ Powers to amend ”.
In section 269BE—
for the heading substitute “ Powers to amend ”;
after subsection (1) insert—
Part 9 of Schedule 19 to FA 2011 (the bank levy: power to make consequential changes) is amended as follows.
For the Part heading substitute “ Powers to amend ”.
In paragraph 81—
after sub-paragraph (1) insert—;
in sub-paragraph (2)—
in the words before paragraph (a), for “this paragraph” substitute “ sub-paragraph (1) ”;
omit paragraph (b);
at the end insert—;
after sub-paragraph (2) insert—;
in sub-paragraph (3), for “an order under this paragraph” substitute “ only an order under sub-paragraph (1) ”;
after sub-paragraph (3) insert—
Other
In this Act the following abbreviations are references to the following Acts—
This Act may be cited as the Finance Act 2021.
Small profits rate for non-ring fence profits
Small profits rate
CTA 2010 is amended as follows.
In section 3 (corporation tax rates), for subsection (2) substitute—
Before Part 4 insert the following as a new Part 3A—
Amendments of Chapter 3A of Part 8 of CTA 2010
Chapter 3A of Part 8 of CTA 2010 (rates at which corporation tax is charged on ring fence profits) is amended as follows.
In section 279A (corporation tax rates on ring fence profits), in subsection (3), after paragraph (a) but before the “and” at the end of that paragraph insert—.
In section 279B (company with only ring fence profits)—
in subsection (1), after paragraph (a) insert—,
in subsection (2), in the definition of “R”, for “marginal” substitute “ ring fence marginal ”, and
in subsection (3), for “marginal” substitute “ ring fence marginal ”.
Section 279C (company with ring fence profits and other profits) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1), after paragraph (a) insert—.
For subsection (2) substitute—
After section 279D insert—
Section 279E (the lower limit and the upper limit) is amended as follows.
In subsection (2)—
in the opening words, for “If no company is a related 51% group company of A” substitute “ If A has no associated company ”,
in paragraph (a), for “£300,000” substitute “ £50,000 ”, and
in paragraph (b), for “£1,500,000” substitute “ £250,000 ”.
In subsection (3)—
in the opening words, for “If one or more companies are related 51% group companies of A” substitute “ If A has one or more associated companies ”,
in paragraph (a), for “£300,000” substitute “ £50,000 ”, and
in paragraph (b), for “£1,500,000” substitute “ £250,000 ”.
After section 279E insert—
Omit sections 279F to 279H (meaning of “related 51% group company” etc).
Consequential amendments
FA 1998
In Schedule 18 to FA 1998 (company tax returns, assessments and related matters), in paragraph 8(1) (calculation of tax payable), in the second step, for “Chapter 3A of Part 8 of the Corporation Tax Act 2010 (marginal relief for companies with small ring fence profits etc)” substitute “ Part 3A or Chapter 3A of Part 8 of the Corporation Tax Act 2010 (marginal relief for companies with small profits) ”.
Corporation Tax (Instalment Payments) Regulations 1998
The Corporation Tax (Instalment Payments) Regulations 1998 (interpretation) are amended as follows.
In regulation 2 (interpretation)—
in paragraph (1), omit the entry for “related 51% group company”,
in paragraph (2), for “section 279G” substitute “ sections 18L and 18M ”, and
after that paragraph insert—
In regulations 3 and 3A (large and very large companies), for “related 51% group” (in each place) substitute “ associated ”.
FA 2000
In Schedule 22 to FA 2000 (tonnage tax), in paragraph 57(6)(a) (exclusion of relief or set-off against tax liability), for “Chapter 3A of Part 8 of CTA 2010 (marginal relief for companies with small ring fence profits)” substitute “ Part 3A or Chapter 3A of Part 8 of the Corporation Tax Act 2010 (marginal relief for companies with small profits) ”.
CAA 2001
CAA 2001 is amended as follows.
Section 99 (long-life assets: the monetary limit) is amended as follows.
In subsection (4)—
for “In the case of a company (“C”), if, in a chargeable period, one or more companies are related 51% group companies of C” substitute “ If, in a chargeable period, a company has one or more associated companies ”, and
in the definition of “N”, for “number of related 51% group” substitute “ number of associated ”.
After that subsection insert—
In Part 2 of Schedule 1 (defined expressions), omit the entry for “related 51% group company”.
CTA 2010
CTA 2010 is amended as follows.
In section 1(2) (overview of Act)—
for “Parts 4” substitute “ Parts 3A ”, and
before paragraph (b) insert—.
Section 357BN (profits arising from the exploitation of patents etc: small claims treatment) is amended as follows.
In subsection (7)—
in paragraph (a), for “no company is a related 51% group company of the company” substitute “ the company has no associated company ”,
in paragraph (b), for “one or more companies are related 51% group companies of the company” substitute “ the company has one or more associated companies ”, and
in the definition of “N”, for “those related 51% group” substitute “ those associated ”.
After subsection (8) insert—
Section 357BNB (profits arising from the exploitation of patents etc: small claims figure election) is amended as follows.
In subsection (6), for “no company is a related 51% group company of the company” substitute “ the company has no associated company ”.
In subsection (7)—
for “one or more companies are related 51% group companies of the company” substitute “ the company has one or more associated companies ”, and
in the definition of “N”, for “those related 51% group” substitute “ those associated ”.
After subsection (9) insert—
In section 534 (REITs: profits), after subsection (2) insert—
In section 535 (REITs: gains), after subsection (5) insert—
In section 543 (REITs: financing-cost ratio), after subsection (4) insert—
In section 551 (REITs: distribution to holder of excessive rights), after subsection (5) insert—
In section 564 (REITs: breach of condition as to distribution of profits), after subsection (3) insert—
In section 614 (open-ended investment companies: applicable corporation tax rate), at the end insert “ (and sections 18A and 18B (relief for companies with small profits) do not apply) ”.
In section 618 (authorised unit trusts: applicable corporation tax rate), at the end insert “ (and sections 18A and 18B (relief for companies with small profits) do not apply) ”.
For section 627 substitute—
In section 1119 (Corporation Tax Acts definitions), omit the definition of “related 51% group company”.
In Schedule 4 (index of defined expressions)—
insert the following entries at the appropriate places—,
in the entry for “augmented profits”—
in the first column, before “Chapter 3A” insert “ Part 3A or ”, and
in the second column, for “section 279G” substitute “ sections 18L and 18M (including as applied by section 279EA) ”,
in the entry for “the lower limit”—
in the first column, before “Chapter 3A” insert “ Part 3A or ”, and
in the second column, after “section” insert “ 18D or ”,
in the entry for “the marginal relief fraction”, in the first column, for “marginal” substitute “ ring fence marginal ” (and, accordingly, move the entry to the appropriate place),
omit the entry for “related 51% group company”,
for the entries for “ring fence profits” (in Parts 3 and 8) substitute—, and
in the entry for “the upper limit”—
in the first column, before “Chapter 3A” insert “ Part 3A or ”, and
in the second column, after “section” insert “ 18D or ”.
FA 2012
In section 102 of FA 2012 (policyholders' rate of tax on policyholders' share of I - E profit), at the end insert—
Commencement etc
Commencement
The amendments made by paragraphs 13, 16, 17, 20 and 21 have effect in relation to accounting periods beginning on or after 1 April 2023.
The other amendments made by this Schedule have effect for the financial year 2023 and subsequent financial years.
In the case of an accounting period (a “straddling period”) beginning before 1 April 2023 and ending on or after date, those other amendments have effect as if the different parts of the straddling period falling in the different financial years were separate accounting periods.
For this purpose all necessary apportionments are to be made between the two separate accounting periods.
Power to make further consequential amendments
The Treasury may by regulations make such provision as they consider appropriate in consequence of the provision made by this Schedule.
The regulations—
may amend any provision of the Corporation Tax Acts or any other enactment, and
may contain incidental, supplemental, consequential or transitional provision.
Temporary extension of periods to which trade losses may be carried back
Income tax
Relief for trade losses made in tax year 2020-21
A person who has made a loss in a trade in the tax year 2020-21 may make a claim for relief under this paragraph if—
some or all of the loss (“the section 64 amount”) is an amount in respect of which the person is entitled to make a claim under section 64 of ITA 2007 (trade loss relief against general income) or would be so entitled were there sufficient income from which to deduct it, and
condition A or B is met.
Condition A is that the person makes a claim under section 64 of ITA 2007 for relief in respect of the section 64 amount for either or both of the tax years 2019-20 and 2020-21.
Condition B is that the person's total income for the tax years 2019-20 and 2020-21—
is nil, or
does not include any income from which a deduction could be made in pursuance of a claim under section 64 of ITA 2007 in respect of the section 64 amount.
The amount of the loss that may be relieved under this paragraph (“the deductible amount”) is—But see sub-paragraph (9) (limit on total deductions under this paragraph).
if condition A is met, so much of the section 64 amount as cannot be relieved pursuant to the claim under section 64 of ITA 2007;
if condition B is met, the whole of the section 64 amount.
A claim for relief under this paragraph is for the deductible amount to be deducted (in accordance with whichever is applicable of sub-paragraphs (7) and (8)) in calculating the person's net income for one or more of the tax years 2017-18, 2018-19 and 2019-20 at Step 2 of the calculation in section 23 of ITA 2007 (which applies as if this paragraph were a provision listed in section 24 of that Act).
A deduction is to be made only from the profits of the trade (and accordingly subsection (2) of section 25 of ITA 2007 has effect as if this sub-paragraph were included in subsection (3) of that section).
This sub-paragraph explains how the deductions are to be made in a case where the person makes a claim under section 64 of ITA 2007 for relief in respect of the section 64 amount for the tax year 2019-20. Step 1 Deduct the deductible amount from the profits of the trade for the tax year 2018-19. Step 2 Deduct from the profits of the trade for the tax year 2017-18 so much of the deductible amount as has not been deducted under Step 1.
This sub-paragraph explains how the deductions are to be made in any other case. Step 1 Deduct the deductible amount from the profits of the trade for the tax year 2019-20. Step 2 Deduct from the profits of the trade for the tax year 2018-19 so much of the deductible amount as has not been deducted under Step 1. Step 3 Deduct from the profits of the trade for the tax year 2017-18 so much of the deductible amount as has not been deducted under Step 1 or 2.
The total amount that may be deducted in accordance with sub-paragraph (7), or in accordance with Steps 2 and 3 in sub-paragraph (8), is limited to £2,000,000.
A claim for relief under this paragraph must be made on or before the first anniversary of the normal self-assessment filing date for the tax year 2020-21.
Relief for trade losses made in tax year 2021-22
A person who has made a loss in a trade in the tax year 2021-22 may make a claim for relief under this paragraph if—
some or all of the loss (“the section 64 amount”) is an amount in respect of which the person is entitled to make a claim under section 64 of ITA 2007 (trade loss relief against general income) or would be so entitled were there sufficient income from which to deduct it, and
condition A or B is met.
Condition A is that the person makes a claim under section 64 of ITA 2007 for relief in respect of the section 64 amount for either or both of the tax years 2020-21 and 2021-22.
Condition B is that the person's total income for the tax years 2020-21 and 2021-22—
is nil, or
does not include any income from which a deduction could be made in pursuance of a claim under section 64 of ITA 2007 in respect of the section 64 amount.
The amount of the loss that may be relieved under this paragraph (“the deductible amount”) is—But see sub-paragraph (9) (limit on total deductions under this paragraph).
if condition A is met, so much of the section 64 amount as cannot be relieved pursuant to the claim under section 64 of ITA 2007;
if condition B is met, the whole of the section 64 amount.
A claim for relief under this paragraph is for the deductible amount to be deducted (in accordance with whichever is applicable of sub-paragraphs (7) and (8)) in calculating the person's net income for one or more of the tax years 2018-19, 2019-20 and 2020-21 at Step 2 of the calculation in section 23 of ITA 2007 (which applies as if this paragraph were a provision listed in section 24 of that Act).
A deduction is to be made only from the profits of the trade (and accordingly subsection (2) of section 25 of ITA 2007 has effect as if this sub-paragraph were included in subsection (3) of that section).
This sub-paragraph explains how the deductions are to be made in a case where the person makes a claim under section 64 of ITA 2007 for relief in respect of the section 64 amount for the tax year 2020-21. Step 1 Deduct the deductible amount from the profits of the trade for the tax year 2019-20. Step 2 Deduct from the profits of the trade for the tax year 2018-19 so much of the deductible amount as has not been deducted under Step 1.
This sub-paragraph explains how the deductions are to be made in any other case. Step 1 Deduct the deductible amount from the profits of the trade for the tax year 2020-21. Step 2 Deduct from the profits of the trade for the tax year 2019-20 so much of the deductible amount as has not been deducted under Step 1. Step 3 Deduct from the profits of the trade for the tax year 2018-19 so much of the deductible amount as has not been deducted under Step 1 or 2.
The total amount that may be deducted in accordance with sub-paragraph (7), or in accordance with Steps 2 and 3 in sub-paragraph (8), is limited to £2,000,000.
A claim for relief under this paragraph must be made on or before the first anniversary of the normal self-assessment filing date for the tax year 2021-22.
Further provision about relief under paragraph 1 or 2
The following sections of ITA 2007 apply in relation to relief under paragraph 1 or 2 as they apply in relation to relief under section 64 of that Act—
sections 74ZA to 74D (general restrictions on relief),
section 74E (no relief where cash basis used to calculate losses),
section 80 (restrictions on those reliefs in relation to ring fence income).
Paragraphs 1 and 2 apply to professions and vocations as they apply to trades.
Paragraphs 1 and 2 are subject to paragraph 2 of Schedule 1B to TMA 1970 (claims to loss relief involving 2 or more years).
The reference in paragraph 3(1) of Schedule 2 to the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 and Social Security Contributions and Benefits (Northern Ireland) Act 1992 (levy of Class 4 contributions with income tax) to section 64 of ITA 2007 includes paragraphs 1 and 2.
Corporation tax
Relief for trade losses incurred in accounting periods ending in financial year 2020 or 2021
This paragraph applies to any loss incurred by a company in a trade in a relevant accounting period.
In this paragraph “relevant accounting period” means an accounting period that ends in the period beginning with 1 April 2020 and ending with 31 March 2022.
Sub-paragraph (5) applies where—
a loss incurred by a company in a relevant accounting period (“the relevant loss”) is, to any extent, relievable under section 37 of CTA 2010 by virtue of this paragraph, and
some but not all of the relevant loss is also relievable under that section by virtue of section 40 of that Act (ring fence trades: extension of periods for which relief may be given).
A claim for relief under section 37 of CTA 2010 by virtue of this paragraph in respect of the relevant loss is treated, so far as possible, as being made in respect of the part of the loss that is not relievable as mentioned in sub-paragraph (4)(b).
Section 42 of CTA 2010 (ring fence trades: further extension of period of relief) has effect as if—
Cap on claims by company that is not a member of a 2020 group or 2021 group
A 2020 claim may be made by a company that is not a member of a 2020 group only if the total amount of relief given as a result of the claim, when added to the total amount of relief given as a result of any other 2020 claims already made by the company, is under £2,000,000.
A 2021 claim may be made by a company that is not a member of a 2021 group only if the total amount of relief given as a result of the claim, when added to the total amount of relief given as a result of any other 2021 claims already made by the company, is under £2,000,000.
Non-de minimis claims to be made after end of financial year
A non-de minimis 2020 claim may not be made by a company (whether or not it is a member of a 2020 group) at any time before 31 March 2021.
A non-de minimis 2021 claim may not be made by a company (whether or not it is a member of a 2021 group) at any time before 31 March 2022.
Non-de minimis claims to be made in company tax return
A non-de minimis claim must be made in the company tax return (whether as originally made or by amendment) for the accounting period in which the loss in respect of which the claim is made is incurred.
The company tax return for any earlier accounting period affected by the claim is treated as amended accordingly.
Meaning of “de minimis claim” etc
For the purposes of this Part of this Schedule, a 2020 claim is a “de minimis 2020 claim” if—
the total amount of relief given as a result of the claim, when added to the total amount of relief given as a result of any other 2020 claims already made by the company, is under £200,000, and
the condition in paragraph (a) would still be met on the assumptions in sub-paragraph (3).
For the purposes of this Part of this Schedule, a 2021 claim is a “de minimis 2021 claim” if—
the total amount of relief given as a result of the claim, when added to the total amount of relief given as a result of any other 2021 claims already made by the company, is under £200,000, and
the condition in paragraph (a) would still be met on the assumptions in sub-paragraph (3).
The assumptions are—
that the company makes all claims available to it (if any) for allowances under CAA 2001, or any other provision of the Corporation Tax Acts, that would result in an increase in the amount of the loss in respect of which the claim in question is made;
that the company does not surrender any amount under Part 5 of CTA 2010 (group relief);
that the claim in question is for all of the relief available to the company under section 37 of CTA 2010 by virtue of paragraph 4 in relation to the loss in respect of which the claim is made.
In this Part of this Schedule—
“non-de minimis 2020 claim” means a 2020 claim that is not a de minimis 2020 claim;
“non-de minimis 2021 claim” means a 2021 claim that is not a de minimis 2021 claim;
“de minimis claim” means a 2020 de minimis claim or a 2021 de minimis claim;
“non-de minimis claim” means a non-de minimis 2020 claim or a non-de minimis 2021 claim.
Cap on non-de minimis claims by company that is a member of a 2020 group or 2021 group
A non-de minimis 2020 claim may be made by a company that is a member of a 2020 group only if the total amount of relief given as a result of each of the following claims is, in aggregate, less than £2,000,000—
the claim in question;
any other 2020 claims made by the company (including any de minimis claims);
any 2020 claims made by other members of the 2020 group (including any de minimis claims).
A non-de minimis 2021 claim may be made by a company that is a member of a 2021 group only if the total amount of relief given as a result of each of the following claims is, in aggregate, less than £2,000,000—
the claim in question;
any other 2021 claims made by the company (including any de minimis claims);
any 2021 claims made by other members of the 2021 group (including any de minimis claims).
Non-de minimis claims by group company to conform with statement
A non-de minimis 2020 claim may be made by a company that is a member of a 2020 group only if—
a 2020 loss carry-back allocation statement has been submitted on behalf of the group in accordance with regulations under paragraph 11, and
the claim is for an amount specified in that statement in accordance with those regulations.
A non-de minimis 2021 claim may be made by a company that is a member of a 2021 group only if—
a 2021 loss carry-back allocation statement has been submitted on behalf of the group in accordance with regulations under paragraph 11, and
the claim is for an amount specified in that statement in accordance with those regulations.
Loss carry-back allocation statements
The Commissioners must by regulations make provision—
requiring a statement (“a 2020 loss carry-back allocation statement”) to be submitted to HMRC on behalf of a 2020 group for the purpose of determining the non-de minimis 2020 claims that may be made by members of the group in compliance with paragraphs 9 and 10;
requiring a statement (“a 2021 loss carry-back allocation statement”) to be submitted to HMRC on behalf of a 2021 group for the purpose of determining the non-de minimis 2021 claims that may be made by members of the group in compliance with paragraphs 9 and 10.
The regulations may, in particular, include provision about—
the nomination by members of a 2020 group or 2021 group of a member of the group to submit a loss carry-back allocation statement on behalf of the group;
the contents of a loss carry-back allocation statement;
when a loss carry-back allocation statement is to be submitted;
when and how a loss carry-back allocation statement may or must be amended on behalf of a 2020 group or 2021 group;
when and how a loss carry-back allocation statement may be amended by an officer of HMRC;
the amendment of company tax returns in consequence of a loss carry-back allocation statement (including provision altering time limits that would otherwise apply);
the recovery of overpaid relief (including provision allowing an assessment to tax to be made).
The reference in sub-paragraph (2)(g) to overpaid relief is to an amount paid to a company by HMRC where—
the payment is a repayment of tax made in consequence of a 2020 claim or 2021 claim,
the loss carry-back allocation statement is amended in accordance with regulations under this paragraph, and
as a result of the amendment, the claim no longer meets the condition in paragraph 10(1)(b) or (as the case may be) paragraph 10(2)(b) (claim to conform with loss carry-back allocation statement).
In this paragraph—“HMRC” means Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs;“a loss carry-back allocation statement” means a 2020 loss carry-back allocation statement or a 2021 loss carry-back allocation statement.
Anti-avoidance
A company may not make a 2020 claim if—
at any time in the period beginning with 1 April 2020 and ending with 31 March 2021 the company is a member of a group,
the company ceases to be a member of that group at any time in that period, and
the main purpose, or one of the main purposes, of the company's ceasing to be a member of the group is to increase the total amount of relief given as a result of a 2020 claim.
A company may not make a 2021 claim if—
at any time in the period beginning with 1 April 2021 and ending with 31 March 2022 the company is a member of a group,
the company ceases to be a member of that group at any time in that period, and
the main purpose, or one of the main purposes, of the company's ceasing to be a member of the group is to increase the total amount of relief given as a result of a 2021 claim.
In this paragraph “group” has the meaning given by section 269ZZB of CTA 2010 (meaning “group” in Part 7ZA of CTA 2010).
Interpretation
In this Part of this Schedule—“2020 claim” means a claim for relief under section 37 of CTA 2010 by virtue of paragraph 4 that is made in respect of a loss incurred in an accounting period that ends in the period beginning with 1 April 2020 and ending with 31 March 2021;“2021 claim” means a claim for relief under section 37 of CTA 2010 by virtue of paragraph 4 that is made in respect of a loss incurred in an accounting period that ends in the period beginning with 1 April 2021 and ending with 31 March 2022;“2020 group” means two or more companies which, at the end of 31 March 2021, are a group within the meaning given by section 269ZZB of CTA 2010 (meaning of “group”);“2021 group” means two or more companies which, at the end of 31 March 2022 are a group within the meaning given by section 269ZZB of CTA 2010 (meaning of “group”);“a 2020 loss carry-back allocation statement” has the meaning given by paragraph 11(1)(a);“a 2021 loss carry-back allocation statement” has the meaning given by paragraph 11(1)(b);“the Commissioners” means the Commissioners for Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs;“de minimis claim” and related expressions have the meanings given by paragraph 8.
A reference in this Part of this Schedule to the total amount of relief given as a result of a 2020 claim or 2021 claim—
is to the amount of the deduction or (as the case may be) the total of the deductions made under section 37(3) of CTA 2010 as a result of the claim, but
Power to modify
The Commissioners may by regulations amend or otherwise modify the following provisions of this Part of this Schedule—
paragraph 6 (non-de minimis claims to be made after financial year);
paragraph 7 (non-de minimis claims to be made in tax return);
paragraph 8(3) (assumptions in determining if claim is de minimis).
Regulations under this paragraph may include supplementary, incidental, consequential or transitional provision (including provision amending or otherwise modifying a provision of this Part of this Schedule not mentioned in sub-paragraph (1)).
Regulations under this paragraph are of no effect in relation to a 2020 claim or 2021 claim made before the regulations come into force.
No regulations under this paragraph may be made after 31 March 2023.
R&D tax credits for SMEs
Introductory
Chapter 2 of Part 13 of CTA 2009 (relief for cost of research and development incurred by small and medium-sized enterprises) is amended as follows.
Cap on amount of tax credit
Section 1058 (amount of tax credit) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1)—
in the words before paragraph (a), after “period is” insert “ the lesser of ”;
at the end of paragraph (a) insert
After subsection (1), insert—
For subsection (2) substitute—
After section 1058 insert—
Commencement
The amendments made by this Schedule have effect in relation to accounting periods beginning on or after 1 April 2021.
R&D tax credits for SMEs: Northern Ireland companies
Cap on amount of tax credit
In Chapter 9 of Part 8B of CTA 2010 (research and development expenditure), section 357PD (amount of tax credit under section 1054 of CTA 2009) is amended in accordance with paragraphs 2 to 5.
For subsection (2) substitute—
For subsection (3) substitute—
In subsection (4), for the words from “sum of” to the end, substitute
After subsection (4) insert—
Commencement
Section 5(4) to (6) of CT(NI)A 2015 (commencement) has effect as if references to Part 8B of CTA 2010 were to that Part as amended by this Schedule.
Pension schemes: collective money purchase benefits
Amendments of Part 4 of FA 2004
Part 4 of FA 2004 is amended in accordance with paragraphs 2 to 23.
Section 152 (meaning of “arrangement”) is amended as follows.
In subsection (2), after “cash balance benefits” insert “ , collective money purchase benefits ”.
After subsection (3) insert—
After subsection (4) insert—
In subsection (5)—
the words after “means benefits” become paragraph (a);
at the end of that paragraph insert “ , and ”;
after that paragraph insert—
After that subsection insert—
In subsection (8), for the words from “two or three” to the end substitute “ two, three or four of the varieties specified in subsection (10) ”.
In subsection (9)—
for “those varieties of benefits” substitute “ the varieties of benefits specified in subsection (10) ”;
for “two or three” (in both places those words occur) substitute “ two, three or four ”.
After that subsection insert—
In section 165 (pension rules), subsection (1) is amended as follows.
In pension rule 3, after “defined benefits arrangement” insert “ or a collective money purchase arrangement ”.
In pension rule 4, after “money purchase arrangement” insert “ that is not a collective money purchase arrangement ”.
In section 167 (pension death benefit rules), subsection (1) is amended as follows.
In pension death benefit rule 2, after “defined benefits arrangement” insert “ or a collective money purchase arrangement ”.
In pension death benefit rule 3, after “money purchase arrangement” insert “ that is not a collective money purchase arrangement ”.
Section 172C (allocation of unallocated employer contributions) is amended as follows.
In subsection (2)—
in paragraph (a), after “cash balance arrangement” insert “ or a collective money purchase arrangement ”;
in paragraph (b), for “other than cash balance benefits” substitute “ that are not cash balance benefits or collective money purchase benefits ”.
Section 182 (unauthorised borrowing: money purchase arrangements) is amended as follows.
In the heading, at the end insert “ other than collective money purchase arrangements ”.
In subsection (1), after “money purchase arrangement” insert “ that is not a collective money purchase arrangement ”.
In subsection (8), after “defined benefits” insert “ or collective money purchase benefits ”.
Section 183 (effect of unauthorised borrowing: money purchase arrangements) is amended as follows.
In the heading, at the end insert “ other than collective money purchase arrangements ”.
Section 184 (unauthorised borrowing: other arrangements) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1), for “arrangement which is not a money purchase arrangement” substitute “ relevant arrangement ”.
After subsection (1) insert—
In subsection (2), in the definition of APB, for “arrangements which are not money purchase arrangements” substitute “ relevant arrangements ”.
In subsection (3), in paragraphs (a) and (b), for “not money purchase arrangements” substitute “ relevant arrangements ”.
Section 212 (valuation of uncrystallised rights for purposes of section 210) is amended as follows.
In subsection (3)—
in paragraph (b), for “other than a cash balance arrangement” substitute “ that is neither a cash balance arrangement nor a collective money purchase arrangement ”;
in paragraph (c), after “defined benefits arrangement” insert “ or a collective money purchase arrangement ”.
For subsections (7) to (10) substitute—
Section 216 (benefit crystallisation events and amounts crystallised) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1), in the table, in column 1—
in benefit crystallisation event 5, after “defined benefit arrangement” insert “ , or a collective money purchase arrangement, ”;
in benefit crystallisation event 5B, after “money purchase arrangement” insert “ , other than a collective money purchase arrangement, ”.
Section 223 (non-residence: other arrangements) is amended as follows.
In subsection (5)—
after paragraph (a) insert—;
in paragraph (b), for “any other sort of money purchase arrangement” substitute “ a money purchase arrangement other than a cash balance arrangement or a collective money purchase arrangement ”.
Section 226 (overseas scheme transfers: other arrangements) is amended as follows.
In subsection (5)—
after paragraph (a) insert—;
in paragraph (b), for “any other sort of money purchase arrangement” substitute “ a money purchase arrangement other than a cash balance arrangement or a collective money purchase arrangement ”.
Section 227B (the alternative chargeable amount) is amended as follows.
In subsection (2), for “AA” (in both places it occurs) substitute “ X ”.
In subsection (5), in paragraph (b)(i), after “A” insert “ , AA ”.
In subsection (5), in paragraph (b)(ii)—
after “greater” insert “ or greatest ”;
after “A” insert “ , AA ”;
for “both” substitute “ at least two of those amounts ”.
In subsection (5), in the closing words—
after “A” (in both places it occurs) insert “ , AA ”;
after “greater” insert “ or greatest ”.
Section 227C (meaning of “money-purchase input sub-total”) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1)(b)(ii), after “A” insert “ , AA ”.
Section 227D (pension input amounts in respect of certain hybrid arrangements) is amended as follows.
In subsection (2)(a)—
after “greater” insert “ or greatest ”;
after “A” insert “ , AA ”.
Section 227F (pension input periods in which rights are first flexibly accessed) is amended as follows.
In subsection (5)(b), after “input amount” insert “ AA or ”.
Section 227G (when pension rights are first flexibly accessed) is amended as follows.
In subsection (9)(a), for “money purchase” substitute “ relevant ”.
After subsection (9) insert—
Section 237 (hybrid arrangements) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1), after “amounts A,” insert “ AA, ”.
After subsection (3) insert—
In subsection (4), for “other money purchase benefits” substitute “ money purchase benefits that are not cash balance benefits or collective money purchase benefits ”.
In section 280 (abbreviations and general index), in the table in subsection (2) insert at the appropriate places—.
Schedule 28 (authorised pensions: supplementary) is amended as follows.
In paragraph 2 (scheme pension), after sub-paragraph (8) insert—
In paragraph 2A (scheme pension), after sub-paragraph (3) insert—
Schedule 29 (authorised lump sums - supplementary) is amended as follows.
In paragraph 1 (pension commencement lump sum)—
in sub-paragraph (1)(f), for “sub-paragraph (4)” substitute “ sub-paragraphs (4) and (4A) ”;
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In paragraph 2 (pension commencement lump sum), in sub-paragraph (6B), after “money purchase arrangement” insert “ that is not a collective money purchase arrangement ”.
In paragraph 3 (pension commencement lump sum: definition of “the applicable amount” for the purposes of paragraph 2(5))—
in sub-paragraph (6), after “defined benefits arrangement” insert “ or a collective money purchase arrangement ”;
in sub-paragraph (7A), after “money purchase arrangement” insert “ that is not a collective money purchase arrangement ”.
In paragraph 4A (uncrystallised funds pension lump sum), in sub-paragraph (1)(a), after “money purchase arrangement” insert “ that is not a collective money purchase arrangement ”.
In paragraph 7 (trivial commutation lump sum), in sub-paragraph (1)—
in paragraph (aa)—
after “defined benefits arrangement,” insert “ or in respect of a collective money purchase arrangement, ”;
after “under a money purchase arrangement” insert “ that is not a collective money purchase arrangement ”;
for “or partly in respect of the former and partly in respect of the latter” substitute “ or in respect of any combination of such arrangements and scheme pensions ”;
in paragraph (d), after “defined benefits” insert “ , and any entitlement to collective money purchase benefits, ”.
Schedule 32 (benefit crystallisation events - supplementary) is amended as follows.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Omit paragraph 5 (benefit crystallisation events 1 and 5: hybrid arrangements) together with the italic cross heading preceding it.
Paragraph 10 (benefit crystallisation event 3: excepted circumstances) is amended in accordance with sub-paragraphs (5) to (7).
Before sub-paragraph (1) insert—
In sub-paragraph (1)—
for the opening words substitute “ Condition A is that— ”;
before paragraph (a) insert—;
in paragraph (a) omit “that”;
in paragraph (b) omit “that” the first time it occurs.
After sub-paragraph (4) insert—
After paragraph 14 insert—
After paragraph 14ZA insert—
Schedule 36 (transitional provision and savings) is amended as follows.
In paragraph 29 (lump sum rights exceeding £375,000: primary and enhanced protection), in sub-paragraph (3)—
in the substitute paragraph 3(6) of Schedule 29, after “ defined benefits arrangement ” insert “ or a collective money purchase arrangement ”;
in the substitute paragraph 3(7A) of Schedule 29, after “ money purchase arrangement ” insert “ that is not a collective money purchase arrangement ”.
In paragraph 34 (entitlement to lump sums exceeding 25% of uncrystallised rights), in sub-paragraph (2), in the substitute paragraph 2(7AA) of Schedule 29, after “ money purchase arrangement ” insert “ that is not a collective money purchase arrangement ”.
In the Registered Pension Schemes (Transfer of Sums and Assets) Regulations 2006 (S.I. 2006/499), regulation 12 (member's drawdown pension fund or flexi-access pension fund) is amended as follows.
In Table 3, after the entry for section 216(1), benefit crystallisation event 1 insert—
Commencement
The amendments made by this Schedule come into force on such day as the Treasury may by regulations appoint.
The Treasury may by regulations make transitional or saving provision in connection with the coming into force of any provision of this Schedule.
Regulations under this paragraph are to be made by statutory instrument.
Construction industry scheme: amendments
Introductory
Chapter 3 of Part 3 of FA 2004 (construction industry scheme) is amended as follows.
Contractors
Section 59 of FA 2004 (contractors) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1), for paragraph (l) substitute—
For subsections (2) and (3) substitute—
This paragraph applies where—
the condition in section 59(1)(l) or (2) of FA 2004 was met in relation to a body or person immediately before the amendments made by paragraph 2 come into force, and
on the coming into force of those amendments, that condition would (but for sub-paragraph (2)) cease to be met in relation to the body or person.
The condition in section 59(1)(l) or (2) of FA 2004 (as the case may be) is treated as continuing to be met in relation to the body or person until the body or person is not expected to make any further expenditure on construction operations (within the meaning given by section 74 of FA 2004).
Deductions for materials
In section 61(1) of FA 2004 (deductions on account of tax from contract payments), for “any other person” substitute “ the sub-contractor ”.
Grace period
In section 61 of FA 2004 (deductions on account of tax from contract payments), after subsection (3) insert—
Restrictions on set-off
Section 62 of FA 2004 (treatment of sums deducted) is amended as follows.
After subsection (3) insert—
In subsection (4), for “subsection (3)” substitute “ this section ”.
Penalties
For section 72 of FA 2004 (penalties) substitute—
Commencement
The amendments made by this Schedule have effect for the tax year 2021-22 and subsequent tax years.
But the amendment made by paragraph 7 has no effect in relation to a statement made, or document furnished, before 6 April 2021.
Hybrid and other mismatches
Meaning of “tax”
After section 259B(3) of TIOPA 2010 insert—
Chapter 3 mismatches: relevant debt relief circumstances
Part 6A of TIOPA is amended as follows.
In section 259CB (hybrid or otherwise impermissible deduction/non-inclusion mismatches and their extent), for subsection (3) substitute—
In section 259CC (interpretation of section 259CB), after subsection (3) insert—
After section 259NEA insert—
Chapter 3 mismatches: Investment trusts
Chapter 3 of Part 6A of TIOPA is amended as follows.
In section 259CB (hybrid or otherwise impermissible deduction/non-inclusion mismatches and their extent)—
after subsection (3) (as substituted by paragraph 3) insert—, and
in subsection (4), in the opening words, for “that and subsection” substitute “ subsections (3), (3A) and ”.
In section 259CC (interpretation of section 259CB), after subsection (3A) (as inserted by paragraph 4) insert—
Deemed dual inclusion income
Part 6A of TIOPA 2010 (hybrid and other mismatches) is amended as follows.
Chapter 5 (hybrid payer deduction/non-inclusion mismatches) is amended as follows.
In section 259EC (counteraction where the hybrid payer is within the charge to corporation tax for the payment period), in subsection (4) omit “arises in connection with the arrangement mentioned in section 259EA(2) and”.
After subsection (5) insert—
In section 259ED(9) (counteraction where a payee is within the charge to corporation tax) omit “arises in connection with the arrangement mentioned in section 259EA(2) and”.
Chapter 6 (deduction/non-inclusion mismatches relating to transfers by permanent establishments) is amended as follows.
In section 259FB (counteraction of the excessive PE deduction), after subsection (4) insert—
After section 259FB insert—
Chapter 9 (hybrid entity double deduction mismatches) is amended as follows.
In section 259IC (counteraction where the hybrid entity is within the charge to corporation tax), in subsection (4), for the words from “unless” to the end substitute “ unless it is deducted from dual inclusion income for that period. ”
After section 259IC insert—
Omit section 259ID (section 259ID income for the purposes of section 259IC).
Chapter 10 (dual territory double deduction cases) is amended as follows.
In section 259JD (counteraction where mismatch arises because of a relevant multinational and is not counteracted in the parent jurisdiction), after subsection (9) insert—
After section 259JD insert—
Deemed dual inclusion income: anti-avoidance
In Chapter 13 of Part 6A of TIOPA 2010 (hybrid and other mismatches: anti-avoidance), in section 259M(4) (countering the effect of avoidance arrangements), omit the “or” after paragraph (a) and after paragraph (b) insert
Allocation of dual inclusion income within group
Part 6A of TIOPA 2010 is amended as follows.
In section 259A (overview of Part), after subsection (16) insert—
After Chapter 12 insert—
In Schedule 18 to FA 1998 (company tax returns, assessments and related matters), after Part 8 insert—
Financing cost of loan capital
Chapter 6 of Part 6A of TIOPA 2010 (hybrid and other mismatches: deduction/non-inclusion mismatches relating to transfers by permanent establishments) is amended in accordance with sub-paragraph (2).
In section 259FA(4) (circumstances in which the Chapter applies), omit the “and” after paragraph (a) and after paragraph (b) insert
Chapters 9 and 10: carry forward of illegitimate overseas deduction
Part 6A of TIOPA is amended as follows.
In section 259IC (counteraction where hybrid entity is within charge to corporation tax), in subsection (8), after “person” insert “ other than an investor in the hybrid entity ”.
In section 259JB (counteraction where mismatch arises because of a dual resident company), in subsection (6), after “person” insert “ other than the company ”.
In section 259JD (counteraction where mismatch arises because of a relevant multinational and is not counteracted in the parent jurisdiction), in subsection (6), after “person” insert “ other than the company ”.
Imported mismatches
Chapter 11 of Part 6A of TIOPA (imported mismatches) is amended as follows.
In section 259K (overview of chapter), after subsection (4A) insert—
Section 259KA (circumstances in which Chapter) is amended as follows.
For subsection (7) substitute—
Omit subsection (8).
After subsection (9)(a) for “as the payer, or a payee” substitute “ as a payee ”.
In section 259KC(2A), at the end insert “ and section 259KE (limit on reduction under section 259KC) ”.
After section 259KD insert—
Meaning of “act together”
Section 259ND of TIOPA 2010 (meaning of “50% investment” and “25% investment”) is amended as follows.
For subsection (7) substitute—
In subsection (8)—
omit “But”, and
for “paragraph (d) of subsection (7)” substitute “ paragraph (b) of subsection (7A) ”.
Exempt investors in hybrid entities
Part 6A of TIOPA 2010 is amended as follows.
In section 259BC (the basic rules), after subsection (8) insert—
Section 259EB (hybrid payer deduction/non-inclusion mismatches and their extent) is amended in accordance with sub-paragraphs (2) and (3).
In subsection (3), at the beginning insert “ Subject to subsections (4A) to (4C) ”.
After subsection (4), insert—
In section 259GB (hybrid payee deduction/non-inclusion mismatches and their extent), after subsection (2) insert—
After section 259ND insert—
Interaction with Part 4 of TIOPA 2010
TIOPA 2010 is amended as follows.
In Part 4 (transfer pricing), after section 192 insert—
In Chapter 11 of Part 6A (imported mismatches), in section 259K (overview of chapter), after subsection (4B) (as inserted by paragraph 20) insert—
After section 259KE (as inserted by paragraph 23) insert—
Securitisation companies
After section 259NE of TIOPA 2010 insert—
Transparent funds
Part 6A of TIOPA 2010 is amended as follows.
In section 259A (overview of Part), after subsection (17) insert—
After Chapter 13 insert—
Commencement
Part 6A of TIOPA 2010 has effect, and is deemed always to have had effect—
with the amendments contained in Parts 2 to 3, 7, 10 and 13 of this Schedule, and
with the amendment made by paragraph 26 so far as it applies in relation to a qualifying institutional investor that is an investment trust.
The amendments made by Parts 1, 4, 5, 8, 9, 11, 12 and 14 of this Schedule (except that made by paragraph 26 so far as it applies by virtue of paragraph 36(b)) have effect—
in the case of their application to Chapter 6 of Part 6A of TIOPA 2010, in relation to excessive deductions in relation to which the relevant PE period begins on or after the day on which this Act is passed,
in the case of their application to Chapter 9 or 10 of Part 6A of TIOPA 2010, in relation to accounting periods beginning on or after that date, and
in the case of their application to any other Chapter of Part 6A of TIOPA 2010, in relation to—
payments made on or after that date, or
quasi-payments in relation to which the payment period begins on or after that date.
For the purposes of paragraph 37, where there is a straddling period—
so much of the straddling period as falls before the day on which this Act is passed, and so much of it as falls on or after that date, are to be treated as separate accounting periods or taxable periods (as the case may be), and
if it is necessary to apportion an amount for the straddling period to the two separate periods, it is to be apportioned—
on a time basis, according to the respective length of the separate periods, or
if that would produce a result that is unjust or unreasonable, on a just and reasonable basis.
A “straddling period” is an accounting period or payment period (as the case may be) beginning before the day on which this Act is passed and ending on or after that date.
Notwithstanding paragraph 37, a taxpayer may make an election (a “Part 4 retrospection election”) that the amendments made by Part 4 of this Schedule are to be deemed always to have had effect in relation to the taxpayer.
A Part 4 retrospection election must be made on or before 31 December 2021.
Sub-paragraphs (4) to (9) apply where a Part 4 retrospection election is made by a taxpayer.
The taxpayer may, in consequence of the Part 4 retrospection election, make reasonable adjustments to claims, returns and elections made before the Part 4 retrospection election.
Any such adjustments must be made on or before 31 December 2021 but, subject to that, the time limits otherwise applicable to amending or withdrawing the claim, return or election in question do not prevent an adjustment being made under sub-paragraph (4).
Sub-paragraph (7) applies where—
before the Part 4 retrospection election is made, the taxpayer has made a group relief claim, and
under sub-paragraph (4), the taxpayer withdraws the group relief claim, or withdraws the group relief claim and replaces it with a group relief claim for a lesser amount.
The surrendering company may make such adjustments to claims, returns and elections made before the Part 4 retrospection election as are reasonably necessary in consequence of the withdrawal, or the withdrawal and replacement, of the group relief claim.
Any such adjustments must be made on or before 31 December 2021 but, subject to that, the time limits otherwise applicable to amending or withdrawing the claim, return or election in question do not prevent an adjustment being made under sub-paragraph (7).
In sub-paragraphs (6) to (8)—“group relief claim” means—a claim for group relief under Part 5 of CTA 2010, or a claim for group relief for carried-forward losses under Part 5A of CTA 2010;“surrendering company” has the same meaning as in Part 5 or 5A (as the case may be) of CTA 2010.
Part 6 of this Schedule (allocation of dual inclusion income within group) has effect in relation to accounting periods of a claimant company that begin on or after 1 January 2021.
A “claimant company” is a company that makes an allocation claim for the purposes of Chapter 12A of Part 6A of TIOPA 2010 (inserted by Part 6 of this Schedule).
For the purposes of sub-paragraph (1), where there is a straddling period—
so much of the straddling period as falls before 1 January 2021, and so much of it as falls on or after that date, are to be treated as separate accounting periods, and
if it is necessary to apportion an amount for the straddling period to the two separate periods, it is to be apportioned—
on a time basis, according to the respective length of the separate periods, or
if that would produce a result that is unjust or unreasonable, on a just and reasonable basis.
A “straddling period” is an accounting period beginning before 1 January 2021 and ending on or after that date.
Relief from corporation tax for losses and other amounts
Allocation of deductions allowance of former groups
Part 7ZA of CTA 2010 (restrictions on deductions for carried-forward losses and other amounts) is amended as follows.
After section 269ZS (group deductions allowance and the nominated company) insert—
After section 269ZV (group allowance allocation statement: requirements and effects) insert—
Other amendments of CTA 2010
Amendments of section 137 of CTA 2010
In section 137 of CTA 2010 (deductions from total profits for claims for group relief), in subsection (5)—
omit paragraph (d);
at the end insert—
Amendments of Part 5A of CTA 2010
Part 5A of CTA 2010 (group relief for carried-forward losses) is amended as follows.
In section 188BE (restriction on surrendering losses etc where surrendering company could use them itself), for the existing text substitute—
Section 188DD (claimant company's relevant maximum for overlapping period) is amended as follows.
In subsection (3), for “269ZD(6)” substitute “ 269ZDA ”.
In subsection (3A)—
in paragraph (a), for “qualifying trading profits and qualifying non-trading profits” substitute “ modified total profits ”;
in paragraph (b), for “in determining” substitute “ which could be relieved against ”.
Amendments of Part 7ZA of CTA 2010
Part 7ZA of CTA 2010 is amended as follows.
In section 269ZF(3) (steps for determining a company's qualifying trading profits, qualifying non-trading income profits and qualifying chargeable gains), in paragraph (2) of step 2—
for “sum,” substitute;
at the end insert
In section 269ZFA (“relevant profits” for purposes of section 269ZD), in subsection (1), after paragraph (b) insert—
Section 269ZT (group allowance allocation statement: submission) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1), for “and (3)” substitute “ to (3A) ”.
After subsection (3) insert—
In subsection (4), for the words from “before” to the end substitute
In section 269ZV(5) (maximum amount of group deductions allowance that may be allocated to a listed company by a group allowance allocation statement)—
In the definition of “DAP”—
in paragraph (a), after “period” insert “ on which the nominee was the nominated company in relation to the group ”;
in paragraph (b), after “which the” insert “ listed ”;
in the definition of “DNAP”, after “period” insert “ on which the nominee was the nominated company in relation to the group ”.
Amendments of Chapter 7 of Part 14 of CTA 2010
Chapter 7 of Part 14 of CTA 2010 (meaning of “change in the ownership of a company”) is amended as follows.
In section 719(4A) (certain acquisitions giving rise to a change in the ownership of a company) for “2D” substitute “ 2E ”.
In section 721(4) (things other than ordinary share capital that may be taken into account in determining change in ownership), after “2D,” insert “ 2E, ”.
Commencement and transitional provision
Commencement
The amendments made by paragraphs 2 and 3 have effect in relation to accounting periods beginning on or after 1 April 2017.
Where a company has an accounting period beginning before 1 April 2017 and ending on or after that date (“the straddling period”)—
so much of the straddling period as falls before 1 April 2017, and so much of that period as falls on or after that date, are treated as separate accounting periods, and
where it is necessary to apportion an amount for the straddling period to the two separate accounting periods, it is to be apportioned—
in accordance with section 1172 of CTA 2010 (time basis), or
if that method would produce a result that is unjust or unreasonable, on a just and reasonable basis.
The amendments made by paragraphs 4, 6 and 11 have effect in relation to accounting periods beginning on or after 1 April 2021.
The amendments made by paragraph 7 have effect as if they had been made by Schedule 4 to FA 2020 (see Part 3 of that Schedule).
The amendments made by paragraphs 9 and 10 are to be treated as having always had effect.
The amendments made by paragraph 12 have effect in relation to a group allowance allocation statement submitted under section 269ZT or 269ZU of CTA 2010 in respect of an accounting period beginning on or after 1 April 2021.
The amendments made by paragraphs 14 and 15 have effect in relation to an acquisition that takes place on or after 1 April 2021.
Transitional provision
This paragraph applies where—
section 269ZSA of CTA 2010 (inserted by paragraph 2 of this Schedule) applies in relation to a group (see section 269ZSA(1)),
the group ceased to be a group for the purposes of Part 7ZA of CTA 2010 before the date on which this Act is passed, and
one or more (but not all) of the companies that were, immediately before the group ceased to be a group for those purposes, members of the group and within the charge to corporation tax (the “former group companies”) no longer exist.
If two or more of the former group companies still exist—
section 269ZSA(2) of CTA 2010 has effect as if the reference to all the companies mentioned in that provision were to all the former group companies that still exist;
section 269ZS(6) of CTA 2010, as it has effect by virtue of section 269ZSA(5)(b) of that Act, has effect as if the reference to each company mentioned in that provision were to each former group company that still exists.
If only one of the former group companies still exists—
section 269ZSA(2) of CTA 2010 has effect as if it enabled that company to nominate itself for the purposes of Part 7ZA of that Act;
section 269ZS(6) of CTA 2010, as it has effect by virtue of section 269ZSA(5)(b) of that Act, has effect as if it provided that a group allowance nomination is of no effect unless it is signed by the appropriate person on behalf of that company.
This paragraph applies where, in a case to which section 269ZVA of CTA 2010 (inserted by paragraph 3 of this Schedule) applies—
the company that was the nominated company under the group allowance nomination mentioned in section 269ZVA(1)(b) of CTA 2010 must submit a group allowance allocation statement to HMRC (under section 269ZT of that Act, as that section has effect by virtue of section 269ZVA of that Act), and
the date given by section 269ZT(4) of CTA 2010, as the date on or before which the statement must be received by HMRC, is earlier than 31 March 2022.
For the purposes of Part 7ZA of CTA 2010, section 269ZT(4) of that Act is satisfied if the statement is received by HMRC on or before 31 March 2022.
Plastic packaging tax: secondary liability and assessment notices and joint and several liability notices
Secondary liability and assessment notices
Effect of secondary liability and assessment notice
A secondary liability and assessment notice given to a person (“R”) makes that person liable to pay an amount which is equal to or less than an amount of plastic packaging tax which another person (“P”) is liable to pay in relation to an accounting period of P (the “relevant time”) but which P has failed to pay on or before the date on which the amount became due and payable.
Test for giving a secondary liability and assessment notice
The Commissioners may give a secondary liability and assessment notice to R if they consider that—
R is acting in the course of a related business, and
sub-paragraph (2) or (3) applies to R.
This sub-paragraph applies to R if—
R is or has been concerned in, or in the taking of steps with a view to, P failing to pay plastic packaging tax, and
R knows or ought to know that R is or was so concerned.
This sub-paragraph applies to R if—
R is or has been involved in transporting, storing or otherwise dealing with a chargeable plastic packaging component, and
R knows or ought to know that P has failed to pay plastic packaging tax which P is liable to pay in respect of the component.
The Commissioners may—
by regulations make provision about the factors which they may take into account in considering whether they may give a secondary liability and assessment notice to R;
issue directions about those factors.
The Commissioners may—
give R more than one secondary liability and assessment notice in relation to the same relevant time;
give R a secondary liability and assessment notice whether or not P has asked HMRC to review, or has appealed against, a decision that P is liable to pay some or all of the amount of plastic packaging tax which P has failed to pay as mentioned in paragraph 1.
Content of secondary liability and assessment notice
A secondary liability and assessment notice must—
set out why the Commissioners consider that it is appropriate to give a secondary liability and assessment notice to R under paragraph 2(1);
specify the amount which the Commissioners have assessed that P has failed to pay as mentioned in paragraph 1;
specify the amount which the Commissioners have assessed that R is liable to pay;
specify how and when R must pay;
specify how late payment interest will accrue if R does not make the payment by the date on which it is due and payable;
set out how the Commissioners assessed the amount which R is required to pay.
The amount must be an amount which the Commissioners consider just and reasonable, having regard in particular to their reasons for considering that paragraph 2(2) or (3) applies to R.
The Commissioners must publish guidance on the matters which they will take into account when determining whether an amount is just and reasonable.
A secondary liability and assessment notice may not require R to pay an amount before the end of the period of 30 days beginning with the day on which the notice is given to R.
An amount assessed and notified to R in a secondary liability and assessment notice is recoverable on the basis that it is an amount of plastic packaging tax due from R.
But sub-paragraph (5) does not apply if, or to the extent that, the assessment has been withdrawn or reduced.
Copy of notice to be given to P
When the Commissioners give a secondary liability and assessment notice to R, they must, as soon as practicable, give a copy of that notice to P.
Application to revoke or reduce amount
R may apply to the Commissioners to—
revoke a secondary liability and assessment notice, on the grounds that R took all reasonable steps to establish that P had paid or intended to pay all the plastic packaging tax which P was liable to pay in relation to the relevant time, or
reduce the amount which R is required to pay by a secondary liability and assessment notice, on the grounds that the amount is not just and reasonable.
The Commissioners may by regulations make provision about—
the steps which are to be regarded as reasonable for the purposes of sub-paragraph (1)(a);
applications for the purposes of sub-paragraph (1).
The regulations may (among other things) make provision about information that must be supplied as part of an application.
The Commissioners must notify R of their decision in response to an application under sub-paragraph (1) within the period of 30 days beginning with the day on which they receive the application.
If the Commissioners decide to reduce the amount which R is required to pay, the notification of their decision must specify—
the new amount which R is liable to pay, and
how and when R must pay.
R may not be required to pay the new amount before the end of the period of 30 days beginning with the day on which the notification is given to R.
The Commissioners must repay any amount which R has paid in excess of the new amount.
Limitation on secondary liability
The Commissioners may not give a secondary liability and assessment notice to R in respect of an amount of plastic packaging tax after the end of the period of 2 years beginning with—
the day after the last day of the accounting period by reference to which P was liable to pay the amount, or, if later,
the day on which a court or tribunal finally determines that P is liable to pay the amount.
But in a case involving a loss of tax brought about deliberately by R or P (whether acting alone or with another person) sub-paragraph (1) has effect as if the reference to 2 years were to 20 years.
Reduction of amount where P's liability is reduced
Where the amount which P is liable to pay in relation to the relevant time is reduced for any reason the Commissioners must consider whether to reduce the amount which R is liable to pay.
If the Commissioners decide to reduce or cancel the amount which R is liable to pay, they must, within the period of 30 days beginning with the day on which they make their decision—
inform R of the new amount which R is liable to pay (if any), and
repay any amount which R has paid in excess of the new amount.
The new amount must be such amount as the Commissioners consider just and reasonable, having regard in particular to their reasons for considering that paragraph 2(2) or (3) applies to R.
Where P's liability to pay in relation to the relevant time is cancelled, the Commissioners must, within the period of 30 days beginning with the day on which that happens—
notify R that the secondary liability and assessment notice is revoked, and
repay any amount which R has paid.
No double payment
R may not be required to pay any amount by a secondary liability and assessment notice if or to the extent that P has paid the amount mentioned in paragraph 1.
P may not be required to pay the amount mentioned in paragraph 1 if or to the extent that R has paid an amount referable to that amount.
Joint and several liability notices
Effect of joint and several liability notice
A joint and several liability notice given to a person (“R”) makes that person jointly and severally liable to pay plastic packaging tax that another person (“P”) will be liable to pay in respect of so much of any accounting period of P as falls within the period of two years beginning with—
the day on which the notice is given to R, or
if a joint and several liability notice is given to R at a time when another joint and several liability notice already has effect in relation to R, the day after the day on which the previous notice ceases to have effect.
Test for giving joint and several liability notice
The Commissioners may give a joint and several liability notice to R if the Commissioners consider that—
R is acting in the course of a related business, and
sub-paragraph (2) or (3) applies to R.
This sub-paragraph applies to R if—
R is concerned in, or in the taking of steps with a view to, P not paying plastic packaging tax, and
R knows or ought to know that R is so concerned.
This sub-paragraph applies to R if—
R is involved in transporting, storing or otherwise dealing with a chargeable plastic packaging component in respect of which P is or will be liable to pay plastic packaging tax,
P has not paid that tax in respect of that component, and
P intends not to pay that tax in respect of that component.
The Commissioners may—
by regulations make provision about the factors which they may take into account in considering whether they may give a joint and several liability notice to R;
issue directions about those factors.
Content of joint and several liability notice
A joint and several liability notice must—
state that R is jointly and severally liable with P to pay any plastic packaging tax that P is liable to pay in respect of so much of any accounting period of P as falls within the period of two years determined in accordance with paragraph 9, and
set out why the Commissioners consider that it is appropriate to give a joint and several liability notice to R under paragraph 10(1), including whether the Commissioners consider that paragraph 10(2) or (3) (or both) applies to R.
Copy of notice to be given to P
When the Commissioners give a joint and several liability notice to R, they must, as soon as practicable, give a copy of that notice to P.
Revocation
After being given a joint and several liability notice R must notify the Commissioners if paragraph 10(2)(a) or, as the case may be, (3)(a) (or both), does not apply or ceases to apply to R, including as a result of R ceasing to have dealings with P, at any time within the period of two years mentioned in paragraph 9.
If—the Commissioners must notify R that the joint and several liability notice is revoked with the result that R is not liable to pay any plastic packaging tax as mentioned in paragraph 9.
R notifies the Commissioners under sub-paragraph (1) within the period of 30 days beginning with the day on which R is given the joint and several liability notice (the “cancellation period”), and
as a result of the notification the Commissioners consider that paragraph 10(2)(a) or, as the case may be, (3)(a), does not apply to R, including as a result of R ceasing to have dealings with P during the cancellation period,
If R does not notify the Commissioners under sub-paragraph (1), or notifies them only after the end of the cancellation period, R must be treated in relation to the period of liability as—
knowing that R is concerned in, or in the taking of steps with a view to, P not paying plastic packaging tax as mentioned in paragraph 10(2), or
knowing that P has not paid and intends not to pay tax as mentioned in paragraph 10(3).
The period of liability is—
if R does not notify the Commissioners under sub-paragraph (1) within the period of two years mentioned in paragraph 9, that period of two years, or
if R does notify the Commissioners under sub-paragraph (1) within that period of two years but after the cancellation period, and as a result of the notification the Commissioners accept that paragraph 10(2)(a) or, as the case may be, (3)(a), does not apply to R—
the cancellation period, or,
if the Commissioners consider that paragraph 10(2)(a) or, as the case may be, (3)(a), applied to R after the cancellation period, the period beginning with the day on which the joint and several liability notice was given to R and ending with the day on which the Commissioners consider that paragraph 10(2)(a) or, as the case may be, (3)(a), ceased to apply to R.
The Commissioners must inform R and P of the result of a notification under sub-paragraph (1) within the period of 30 days beginning with the day on which they are given the notification.
P may apply to the Commissioners to revoke a joint and several liability notice given to R, on the ground that the Commissioners were wrong to consider that paragraph 10(2) or (3) applies to R so far as relating to anything done or not done by, or any intention of, P.
An application under sub-paragraph (1) must be made within the period of 30 days beginning with the day on which the Commissioners give a copy of the notice to P.
The Commissioners must notify R and P of their decision in response to an application under sub-paragraph (1) within the period of 30 days beginning with the day on which they receive the application.
The Commissioners may by regulations make further provision about—
notifications for the purposes of paragraph 13(1);
applications for the purposes of paragraph 14(1).
The regulations may (among other things) make provision about information that must be supplied as part of the notification or application.
Assessments of liability
Where P is liable to pay an amount of plastic packaging tax, the Commissioners may assess that R is liable to pay an amount equal to or less than the amount due from P.
Where such an assessment is made, the Commissioners must notify R of—
the amount due from P;
the amount assessed as due from R;
how the Commissioners assessed the amount due from R;
the date by which payment must be made;
how payment must be made;
how late payment interest will accrue if R does not make the payment by the date on which it is due and payable.
The amount assessed as due from R must be an amount which the Commissioners consider just and reasonable, having regard in particular to—
their reasons for considering that paragraph 10(2) or (3) applies to R, and
the requirement mentioned in paragraph 13(3) (requirement to treat R as knowingly involved in P's failure to pay tax).
The Commissioners must publish guidance on the matters which they will take into account when determining whether an amount is just and reasonable.
The date by which payment must be made may not be before the end of the period of 30 days beginning with the day on which R is notified in accordance with sub-paragraph (2).
An amount may be assessed and notified to R even if R has made a notification under paragraph 13(1) (and the Commissioners must repay any amount that is subsequently found to have been overpaid).
Adjustments
Where an assessment to P is withdrawn or reduced, or P's liability in respect of plastic packaging tax is otherwise adjusted, the Commissioners may determine that R's liability is to be cancelled or reduced, or otherwise adjusted, in whatever way they consider just and reasonable, having regard in particular to their reasons for considering that paragraph 10(2) or (3) applies to R.
If the Commissioners decide to reduce or cancel the amount which R is liable to pay, or make any other adjustment to the assessment to R, they must, within the period of 30 days beginning with the day on which they make their decision—
inform R of the new amount which R is liable to pay (if any), and
repay any amount which R has paid in excess of the new amount.
Limitation on assessments
R may not be notified of any assessment under paragraph 16(2) or of any increase in an assessment under paragraph 4(2) of Schedule 10 in respect of an amount after the end of the period of 2 years beginning with—
the day after the last day of the accounting period by reference to which P was liable to pay the amount, or, if later,
the day on which a court or tribunal finally determines that P is liable to pay the amount.
No double payment
R may not be required to pay plastic packaging tax if or to the extent that P has paid it (and vice versa).
Application of Schedule 10
Schedule 10 applies with any necessary modifications, and subject as follows, in relation to any amount which R is liable to pay as a result of a secondary liability and assessment notice or a joint and several liability notice.
Paragraphs 4 to 6 of that Schedule apply in relation to an assessment under paragraph 16(1) of this Schedule as they apply to an assessment under paragraph 2(2) of that Schedule, except that paragraph 6 applies as if, in sub-paragraph (2), “4” were “2”.
Interpretation
Interpretation: related businesses
In this Schedule—
“related business” means a business that is—
involved in the production or importation of chargeable plastic packaging components by P, including in the transportation or storage of the components, or in the manufacture or supply of raw or processed materials used in, or in the production of, the components,
supplied, whether directly or indirectly, with chargeable plastic packaging components produced or imported by P, or
involved in the marketing or sale of chargeable plastic packaging components by P as an operator of an online marketplace or fulfilment business, and
references to acting in the course of a related business include—
in relation to a business that is carried on by a body corporate, being a director, manager, secretary, chief executive or member of the committee of management, or a person purporting to act in such a capacity, and
in relation to a business that is carried on by an unincorporated body (other than a partnership), being an officer of the the body or a member of its governing body, or a person purporting to act in such a capacity.
Interpretation: general
In this Schedule—
references to “R” and “P” have the meanings given by paragraph 1, in relation to secondary liability and assessment notices, or 9, in relation to joint and several liability notices;
references to P paying, failing to pay or being liable to pay an amount of plastic packaging tax are references to P paying, failing to pay or being liable to pay in accordance with provisions of or under this Part apart from this Schedule;
references to an amount of plastic packaging tax which P is liable to pay include references to an amount which P would have been liable to pay but for anything done, or not done, by R.
In this Schedule—“fulfilment business” means a business that stores or packs goods that are owned by another person with a view to sale by that person;“online marketplace” means a website, or any other means by which information is made available over the internet, which facilitates the sale of goods through the website or other means by persons other than the operator (whether or not the operator also sells goods through the marketplace);“operator” means the person who controls access to, and the contents of, the online marketplace or the fulfilment business.
The Commissioners may by regulations—
provide that goods offered for sale in circumstances specified in the regulations are or are not to be treated, for the purposes of this Schedule, as having been offered through an online marketplace or a fulfilment business;
amend this paragraph so as to alter the definitions of “online marketplace”, “operator” and “fulfilment business”.
Plastic packaging tax: recovery and overpayments
Recovery
Recovery as a debt due
Plastic packaging tax is recoverable as a debt due to the Crown.
Assessments of amounts of plastic packaging tax due
Sub-paragraph (2) applies where it appears to the Commissioners—
that any period is an accounting period by reference to which a person who is registered or who is liable to be registered is liable to pay plastic packaging tax,
that an amount of plastic packaging tax for which that person is liable to account by reference to that period has become due, and
that there has been a relevant default by that person (see sub-paragraph (3)).
The Commissioners—
may—
in a case where the amount of plastic packaging tax due from the person for that period cannot be ascertained, assess the amount due from the person for that period to the best of their judgement;
in any other case, assess the amount due from the person for that period, and
where such an assessment is made, must notify the person of that amount.
The following are “relevant defaults”—
a failure to comply with a requirement of regulations under section 58;
a failure to make a return required to be made by regulations under section 61;
a failure to keep documents, or provide facilities, necessary to verify returns required by those regulations;
the making, in purported compliance with a requirement of those regulations, of an incomplete or incorrect return;
a failure to comply with a requirement imposed by or under section 63;
a failure to provide the Commissioners with complete or accurate information in complying with any requirement imposed by or under this Part;
an unreasonable delay in complying with a requirement, where the failure to comply would be a default within any of paragraphs (a) to (f).
Where it appears to the Commissioners that a default falling within sub-paragraph (3) is a default by a person (A) on whom the requirement to make a return is imposed in A's capacity as the representative of another person (B), sub-paragraph (1)(b) applies as if the reference to the amount of plastic packaging tax due included a reference to any plastic packaging tax due from B.
Sub-paragraph (2) applies where—
the Commissioners have made an assessment for an accounting period as a result of a person's failure to make a return for that period,
the plastic packaging tax assessed has been paid but no proper return has been made for that period, and
as a result of a failure to make a return for a later accounting period, the Commissioners make another assessment (“the later assessment”) under paragraph 2 in relation to the later period.
The Commissioners may, if they consider it appropriate in light of the absence of a proper return for the earlier period, specify in the later assessment an amount of plastic packaging tax due that is greater than the amount that they would have considered to be appropriate had they had regard only to the later period.
Supplementary assessments
Sub-paragraph (2) applies where—
an assessment has been notified to a person under paragraph 2(2), and
it appears to the Commissioners that the amount which ought to have been assessed as due exceeds the amount that has already been assessed.
The Commissioners—
may make a supplementary assessment of the amount of plastic packaging tax due from the person to the best of their judgement, and
where such an assessment is made, must notify the person of that amount.
Further provision about assessments under paragraphs 2 and 4
An amount assessed and notified to a person under paragraph 2 or 4 is recoverable on the basis that it is an amount of plastic packaging tax due from that person.
But sub-paragraph (1) does not apply if, or to the extent that, the assessment has been withdrawn or reduced.
Time limits for assessments
An assessment under paragraph 2 or 4 may not be made after the relevant time.
Except in a case within sub-paragraph (3) the relevant time is the earlier of—
the end of the period of 4 years from the end of the accounting period to which the assessment relates, or
the end of the period of 1 year beginning with the day on which evidence of facts, sufficient in the opinion of the Commissioners to justify the making of the assessment, comes to their knowledge.
Where an assessment of an amount due from a person is made in a case involving loss of plastic packaging tax—the relevant time is the end of the period of 20 years from the end of the accounting period to which the assessment relates.
brought about deliberately by the person, or
In sub-paragraph (3) the reference to a loss brought about by a person includes a reference to a loss brought about by another person acting on behalf of that person.
Repayments
Repayments of overpaid tax
This paragraph applies where a person (P) has paid an amount to the Commissioners by way of plastic packaging tax which was not tax due.
The Commissioners are liable, on the making of a claim by P, to repay the amount.
The Commissioners may by regulations make provision about—
the form and manner of a claim;
the information required in support of a claim.
Except as provided by this paragraph, the Commissioners are not liable to repay any amount paid by way of plastic packaging tax by reason of the fact that it was not tax due.
This paragraph is subject to paragraph 8.
Supplementary provision about repayment etc
The Commissioners are not liable, on any claim for a repayment of plastic packaging tax, to repay any amount—
paid more than 4 years before the making of the claim;
if, or to the extent that, any person has become entitled to a tax credit in respect of that amount.
It is a defence to any claim for repayment of an amount of plastic packaging tax that the repayment of that amount would unjustly enrich the claimant.
This paragraph applies where—
an amount has been paid by way of plastic packaging tax which (apart from paragraph 8(2)) would fall to be repaid to a person (P), and
the whole or a part of the cost of the payment of that amount to the Commissioners has, for practical purposes, been borne by a person other than P.
Where loss or damage has been, or may be, incurred by P as a result of mistaken assumptions made in P's case about the operation of any provisions relating to plastic packaging tax, that loss or damage is to be disregarded, except to the extent of the quantified amount, in the making of a relevant determination.
In sub-paragraph (2)—
“the quantified amount” means the amount (if any) which is shown by P to constitute the amount that would appropriately compensate P for loss or damage shown by P to have resulted, for any business carried on by P, from the making of the mistaken assumptions;
a “relevant determination” means a determination for the purposes of paragraph 8(2) as to—
whether or to what extent the repayment of an amount would enrich P, or
whether or to what extent any enrichment of P would be unjust.
The reference in sub-paragraph (2) to provisions relating to plastic packaging tax is a reference to—
any provision made by or under any enactment which relates to the tax or to any matter connected with it, or
any notice published by the Commissioners under or for the purposes of any such provision.
Reimbursement arrangements
The Commissioners may by regulations make provision for reimbursement arrangements to be disregarded for the purposes of paragraph 8(2) except where the arrangements—
contain such provision as may be required by the regulations, and
are supported by such undertakings to comply with the provisions of the arrangements as may be required by the regulations to be given to the Commissioners.
In this paragraph “reimbursement arrangements” means arrangements for the purposes of a claim to a repayment of plastic packaging tax which—
are made by a person for the purpose of securing that the person is not unjustly enriched by the repayment of any amount in pursuance of the claim, and
provide for the reimbursement of a person who has for practical purposes borne the whole or any part of the cost of the original payment of that amount to the Commissioners.
Regulations under this paragraph may (among other things) make provision requiring reimbursement arrangements to contain provision—
requiring a reimbursement for which the arrangements provide to be made within a specified period after the repayment to which it relates;
for the repayment of amounts to the Commissioners where those amounts are not reimbursed in accordance with the arrangements;
requiring interest paid by the Commissioners on any amount repaid by them to be treated in the same way as that amount for the purposes of any requirement under the arrangements to make reimbursement or to repay the Commissioners;
requiring records of a specified description relating to the arrangements to be kept and produced to the Commissioners, or to an officer of HMRC;
imposing obligations on specified persons for the purposes of provision made under paragraphs (a) to (d).
Regulations under this paragraph may—
make provision about the form, manner and timing of undertakings given to the Commissioners in accordance with the regulations;
provide for those matters to be determined by the Commissioners in accordance with the regulations.
Assessment for excessive repayment
Sub-paragraph (3) applies where—
an amount has been paid at any time to a person by way of a repayment of plastic packaging tax, and
the amount paid exceeded the amount which the Commissioners were liable at that time to repay to that person.
Sub-paragraph (3) also applies where a person is liable to pay any amount to the Commissioners in pursuance of an obligation imposed by regulations under paragraph 10(3)(b), (c) or (e).
The Commissioners may—
to the best of their judgement, assess the amount of the excess (in a case within sub-paragraph (1)) or the amount due (in a case within sub-paragraph (2)), and
where such an assessment is made, notify the amount to the person.
Subject to sub-paragraph (5), where—the assessments may be combined and notified to the person as one assessment.
an assessment is made on any person under this paragraph in respect of a repayment of plastic packaging tax, and
the Commissioners have power under Part 1 of this Schedule to make an assessment on that person as to an amount of plastic packaging tax due from that person,
A notice of a combined assessment under sub-paragraph (4) must separately identify the amount being assessed in respect of repayments of plastic packaging tax.
Supplementary assessments
Sub-paragraph (2) applies where—
an assessment has been notified to a person under paragraph 11, and
it appears to the Commissioners that the amount which ought to have been assessed as due exceeds the amount that has already been assessed.
The Commissioners may—
on or before the last day on which the assessment under paragraph 11 could have been made, make a supplementary assessment of the amount of plastic packaging tax due from the person, and
where such a supplementary assessment is made, notify the amount to that person.
Further provision about assessments under paragraphs 11 and 12
Where an amount has been assessed and notified to a person under paragraph 11 or 12, it is recoverable on the basis that it is an amount of plastic packaging tax due from that person.
But sub-paragraph (1) does not have effect if, or to the extent that, the assessment has been withdrawn or reduced.
Time limit for assessments
An assessment under paragraph 11 or 12 may not be made more than 2 years after evidence of facts sufficient in the opinion of the Commissioners to justify making the assessment comes to their knowledge.
Plastic packaging tax: reviews and appeals
Appealable decisions etc
Appealable decisions etc
A person may appeal against a decision of the Commissioners or an officer of HMRC in respect of any of the following matters—
whether or not a person is liable to pay an amount of plastic packaging tax;
the amount of plastic packaging tax payable by a person;
the registration, or cancellation of registration, of a person under this Part for the purposes of plastic packaging tax;
the issuing of a secondary liability and assessment notice under paragraph 2 of Schedule 9;
a refusal to revoke a secondary liability and assessment notice under paragraph 5 of Schedule 9;
the issuing of a joint and several liability notice under paragraph 10 of Schedule 9;
a refusal to revoke a joint and several liability notice under paragraph 13 or 14 of Schedule 9;
a decision about the date on which the revocation of a joint and several liability notice is to have effect in accordance with a notification given under paragraph 13 of Schedule 9;
a person's entitlement to a tax credit, the withdrawal of a tax credit, the amount of a tax credit or the period for which a tax credit is to be brought into account under regulations under section 53;
a decision to require any security under regulations under section 65 or as to its amount;
whether the Commissioners are liable to repay an amount to a person under paragraph 7(2) of Schedule 10 or the amount of such a repayment;
whether or not the repayment of an amount under that paragraph is excessive (see paragraph 11 of that Schedule);
the amount that a person is liable to pay the Commissioners in pursuance of an obligation imposed by regulations under paragraph 10(3)(b), (c) and (e) of that Schedule;
whether or not a person is liable to a penalty under this Part or in respect of this Part or the amount of such a penalty;
the period by reference to which payments of plastic packaging tax are to be made.
A person may also appeal against the following determinations and directions of the Commissioners or an officer of HMRC—
a determination that a packaging component—
is a plastic packaging component;
is chargeable;
a direction under section 63(4);
a determination or direction by the Commissioners under regulations under section 69—
that a person must appoint a tax representative;
not to approve the appointment of a tax representative;
withdrawing their approval of a tax representative;
requiring the replacement of a tax representative;
a direction given to the person under paragraph 2(4)(b) or 10(4)(b) of Schedule 9;
a determination on an application under Schedule 13 for group treatment or a determination by the Commissioners to terminate group treatment under that Schedule.
In Parts 2 and 3 of this Schedule, references to a decision include references to a determination and a direction.
Reviews
Offer of review
HMRC must offer a person (P) a review of a decision that has been notified to P if an appeal in respect of the decision may be brought under paragraph 1.
The offer of the review must be made by notice given to P at the same time as the decision is notified to P.
This paragraph does not apply to the notification of the conclusions of a review.
Right to require review
Any person (other than P) who has the right of appeal under paragraph 1 against a decision may require HMRC to review that decision if the person has not appealed to the appeal tribunal under that paragraph.
A notification that such a person requires a review must be made within the period of 30 days beginning with the day on which that person became aware of the decision.
Review by HMRC
HMRC must review a decision if—
they have offered a review of the decision under paragraph 3, and
P notifies HMRC accepting the offer within the period of 30 days beginning with the date of the document notifying P of the decision.
But P may not notify acceptance of the offer if P has already appealed to the appeal tribunal under paragraph 1.
HMRC must also review a decision if a person other than P notifies them under paragraph 4.
HMRC may not review a decision if P, or another person, has appealed to the appeal tribunal under paragraph 1 in respect of the decision.
Extensions of time for requiring review
If under paragraph 3 HMRC have offered P a review of a decision, HMRC may within the period for requiring a review notify P that that period is extended.
If under paragraph 4 another person may require HMRC to review a matter, HMRC may within the period for requiring a review notify the other person that that period is extended.
If notice is given the period for requiring a review is extended to the end of the period of 30 days beginning with—
the date of the notice, or
any other date set out in the notice or a further notice.
In this paragraph, “period for requiring a review” means—
the period of 30 days referred to in—
paragraph 5(1)(b)(in a case falling within sub-paragraph (1)), or
paragraph 4(2) (in a case falling within sub-paragraph (2)), or
if notice has been given under sub-paragraph (1) or (2), that period as extended (or as most recently extended) in accordance with sub-paragraph (3).
Review out of time
This paragraph applies if—
HMRC have offered a review of a decision under paragraph 3 and P does not accept the offer within the time allowed under paragraph 5(1)(b) or 6(3), or
a person who requires a review under paragraph 4 does not notify HMRC within the time allowed under paragraph 4(2) or 6(3).
HMRC must review the decision under paragraph 5 if—
after the time allowed, P, or the other person, notifies HMRC in writing requesting a review out of time,
HMRC are satisfied that P, or the other person, had a reasonable excuse for not accepting the offer or requiring a review within the time allowed, and
HMRC are satisfied that P, or the other person, made the request without unreasonable delay after the excuse had ceased to apply.
But HMRC shall not review a decision if P, or another person, has appealed to the appeal tribunal under paragraph 1 in respect of the decision.
Nature of review etc
This paragraph applies if HMRC are required to undertake a review under paragraph 5 or 7.
The nature and extent of the review are to be such as appear appropriate to HMRC in the circumstances.
For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2), HMRC must, in particular, have regard to steps taken before the beginning of the review—
by HMRC in reaching the decision, and
by any person in seeking to resolve disagreement about the decision.
The review must take account of any representations made by P, or the other person, at a stage which gives HMRC a reasonable opportunity to consider them.
The review may conclude that the decision is to be—
upheld,
varied, or
cancelled.
HMRC must give P, or the other person, notice of the conclusions of the review and their reasoning within—
the period of 45 days beginning with the relevant date, or
such other period as HMRC and P, or HMRC and the other person, may agree.
In sub-paragraph (6), “the relevant date” means—
in a case falling within paragraph 3, the date HMRC received P's notification accepting the offer of a review,
in a case falling within paragraph 4, the date HMRC received notification from another person requiring a review, or
in a case falling within paragraph 7, the date on which HMRC decided to undertake the review.
Where HMRC are required to undertake a review but do not give notice of the conclusions within the period specified in sub-paragraph (6), the review is to be treated as having concluded that the decision is upheld.
If sub-paragraph (8) applies, HMRC must notify P, or the other person, of the conclusion which the review is treated as having reached.
Appeals
“Appeal tribunal”
In this Schedule “appeal tribunal” means the First-tier Tribunal or, where determined by or under Tribunal Procedure Rules, the Upper Tribunal.
Bringing of appeals
An appeal under paragraph 1 is to be made to the appeal tribunal before—
the end of the period of 30 days beginning with—
in a case where P is the appellant, the date of the document notifying P of the decision to which the appeal relates, or
in a case where a person other than P is the appellant, the day on which that person becomes aware of the decision, or
if later, the end of the period for requiring a review (within the meaning of paragraph 6).
But that is subject to sub-paragraphs (3) to (5).
In a case where HMRC are required to undertake a review under paragraph 5—
an appeal may not be made until the conclusion date, and
any appeal is to be made within the period of 30 days beginning with that date.
In a case where HMRC are requested to undertake a review under paragraph 7—
an appeal may not be made to the appeal tribunal—
unless HMRC have notified P, or the other person, as to whether or not a review will be undertaken, and
if HMRC have notified P, or the other person, that a review will be undertaken, until the conclusion date;
any appeal where paragraph (a)(ii) applies is to be made within the period of 30 days beginning with the conclusion date;
if HMRC have notified P, or the other person, that a review will not be undertaken, an appeal may be made only if the appeal tribunal gives permission to do so.
In a case where paragraph 8(8) applies, an appeal may be made at any time from the end of the period specified in paragraph 8(6) to the date 30 days after the conclusion date.
An appeal may be made after the end of any period specified in this paragraph if the appeal tribunal gives permission to do so.
In this paragraph, “conclusion date” means the date of the document notifying the conclusions of the review.
Further provision about appeals
An appeal relating to a decision that an amount is due from a person may not be considered by the appeal tribunal unless the amount which HMRC have determined to be due has been paid or deposited with HMRC.
But sub-paragraph (1) does not apply if—
HMRC are satisfied or, if HMRC are not satisfied but the appeal tribunal have decided, on the application of the appellant, that the requirement to pay or deposit the amount would cause the appellant to suffer hardship, and
the appellant has paid or deposited such other amount (if any) by way of security as HMRC or, as the case may be, the appeal tribunal consider appropriate.
Determinations on appeal
Where, on an appeal under paragraph 1—the assessment has effect as an assessment of the amount specified in the direction and (without prejudice to any power under this Schedule to reduce the amount of interest payable on the amount of an assessment) as if it were an assessment notified to the appellant in that amount at the same time as the original assessment.
it is found that an assessment of the appellant is an assessment for an amount that is less than it ought to have been, and
the appeal tribunal give a direction specifying the correct amount,
On an appeal under paragraph 1, the powers of the appeal tribunal in relation to any decision of the Commissioners includes a power, where the tribunal allow an appeal on the ground that the Commissioners could not reasonably have arrived at the decision, either—
to direct that the decision, so far as it remains in force, is to cease to have effect from such time as the tribunal may direct, or
to require the Commissioners to conduct, in accordance with the directions of the tribunal, a review or a further review of the original decision as appropriate.
Where, on an appeal under paragraph 1, the appeal tribunal find that a liability to a penalty or to an amount of interest arises, the tribunal must not give any direction for the modification of the amount payable in respect of that liability except—
in exercise of a power conferred on the tribunal by section 80(6) (penalties), or
for the purpose of making the amount payable conform to the amount due in accordance with this Part.
the references to section 83 of that Act included references to paragraph 1 of this Schedule, and
the references to value added tax included references to plastic packaging tax.
Plastic packaging tax: information and evidence
Information
Power to take samples
An authorised person may at any time take such samples from a product as the person requires for the purpose of determining how the product ought to be treated, or ought to have been treated, for the purposes of plastic packaging tax.
A sample may only be taken under this paragraph if the authorised person—
has reasonable cause to believe that the product is a chargeable plastic packaging component, and
considers it necessary for the protection of the revenue against mistake or fraud.
A sample taken under this paragraph must be disposed of in such manner as the Commissioners may direct.
In this paragraph “authorised person” means a person acting under the authority of the Commissioners.
Disclosure of information
The Commissioners may disclose information obtained or held by them in, or in connection with, their functions in relation to plastic packaging tax to—
the Secretary of State;
the Environment Agency;
the Scottish Environmental Protection Agency;
Natural Resources Wales;
the Medicines and Healthcare Products Regulatory Agency;
the Department of Agriculture, Environment and Rural Affairs in Northern Ireland or any agency thereof;
an authorised officer of a person listed in paragraphs (a) to (f).
Information may only be disclosed under sub-paragraph (1) for the purpose of assisting a person listed in paragraphs (a) to (g) of that sub-paragraph in the performance of their duties.
A person listed in sub-paragraph (1)(a) to (g) may disclose information to the Commissioners, or to an authorised officer of the Commissioners, for the purposes of assisting the Commissioners in the performance of their duties relating to plastic packaging tax.
No charge may be made for any disclosure made by virtue of this paragraph.
Nothing in this paragraph permits the disclosure of information which, although disclosed in compliance with this paragraph, would contravene the data protection legislation.
In this paragraph “data protection legislation” has the same meaning as in the Data Protection Act 2018 (see section 3 of that Act).
References in this paragraph to an authorised officer of any person are to any person who has been designated by the principal as a person to and by whom information may be disclosed by virtue of this paragraph.
Evidence
Evidence by certificate
A certificate of the Commissioners that—is, in any proceedings evidence, or in proceedings in Scotland sufficient evidence, of that fact.
a person was or was not at any time registered, or
that a return required by regulations under section 61 has not been made or had not been made at any time,
A copy of any document provided to the Commissioners for the purposes of this Part and certified by them to be such a copy shall be admissible in any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, to the same extent as the document itself.
In any proceedings any document purporting to be a certificate under sub-paragraph (1) or (2) is to be taken to be such a certificate unless the contrary is shown.
Inducements to provide information
This paragraph applies to—
criminal proceedings against a person in respect of an offence in connection with or in relation to plastic packaging tax;
proceedings against a person for the recovery of a sum due in connection with or in relation to plastic packaging tax.
A statement made, or a document produced, by or on behalf of the person is not inadmissible in proceedings to which this paragraph applies only by reason that—
a matter falling within sub-paragraph (3) or (4) was drawn to that person's attention, and
the person was, or may have been, induced to make the statement or provide the document as a result.
The matters falling within this sub-paragraph are—
that, in relation to plastic packaging tax, the Commissioners may assess an amount due by way of a penalty instead of instituting criminal proceedings;
that it is the practice of the Commissioners (without giving any undertaking as to whether they will make such an assessment in any case) to be influenced by whether a person—
has made a full confession of any dishonest conduct to which the person has been, or is, a party;
has otherwise co-operated fully with any investigation.
The matter falling within this sub-paragraph is the fact that the Commissioners or, on appeal, an appeal tribunal have power by or under this Part to reduce a penalty.
Plastic packaging tax: groups of companies
Bodies eligible for group treatment
Two or more bodies are eligible to be treated as members of the same group for the purposes of this Part (“eligible bodies”) if—
they are all bodies corporate,
at least one of the bodies has an established place of business in the United Kingdom, and
they are all under the same control.
A body is eligible to be the representative member of a group if the body—
is resident in the United Kingdom, or
has a permanent establishment in the United Kingdom.
A body is not an eligible body in relation to a group if it is a member of another group.
For the purposes of paragraph 1—
two or more bodies are under the same control if—
one of them controls each of the others,
one person (whether a body corporate or an individual) controls all of them, or
two or more individuals carrying on a business in partnership control all of them;
a body corporate controls another body corporate only if—
it is empowered by statute to control that body's activities, or
it is that body's holding company within the meaning of section 1159 of and Schedule 6 to the Companies Act 2006;
an individual controls, or individuals control, a body corporate only if they would be that body's holding company within the meaning of those provisions, if they were a company.
Application for group treatment
Two or more eligible bodies may apply to the Commissioners to be treated as members of the same group ....
An application under this paragraph must specify which body is to be the representative member.
Where the Commissioners receive an application under sub-paragraph (1), they must, by notice to the applicants or the body that is to be the representative member—
confirm whether they accept or refuse the application, and
if they accept the application, specify a date from which the applicants are to be treated as members of the same group.
The Commissioners must give the notice within the period of 90 days beginning with the day on which the application is received.
The date mentioned in sub-paragraph(3)(b) must be within that period.
The Commissioners may only refuse an application under paragraph 3 if—
it appears to them that the application—
has been made in respect of a body that is not an eligible body, or
specifies as the representative body a body that is not eligible to be the representative body, or
they consider it necessary to refuse the application for the protection of the revenue.
But the Commissioners may not refuse an application on the basis of sub-paragraph (1)(b) after the end of the period of 90 days beginning with the day on which the application is received by them.
Applications to modify group treatment
Where two or more bodies are treated as members of the same group, the representative member may apply to the Commissioners to—...
treat another eligible body as a member of the group,
change which member of the group is the representative member,
exclude a member of the group, or
terminate the treatment of the members as members of a group,
Where the Commissioners receive an application under sub-paragraph (1), they must, by notice to the applicant and, in a case within sub-paragraph (1)(b), the proposed new representative member—
confirm whether they accept or refuse the application, and
if they accept the application, specify a date from which the application is to be treated as having been accepted.
The Commissioners must give the notice within the period of 90 days beginning with the day on which the application is received.
The date mentioned in sub-paragraph(2)(b) must be within that period.
The Commissioners may only refuse an application under paragraph 5(1)(a) or (1)(b) if they consider it necessary to refuse the application for the protection of the revenue.
The Commissioners may only refuse an application under paragraph 5(1)(c) or (1)(d) if—
the case does not fall within paragraph 8, and
they consider it necessary to refuse the application for the protection of the revenue.
Applications relating to group treatment
Any application under this Schedule in respect of any bodies corporate must be made by—
one of those bodies, or
the person controlling those bodies.
Termination of group treatment by the Commissioners
The Commissioners may, by notice given to the members of the group concerned, terminate the treatment of any body corporate as a member of the group from the time specified in the notice where—
it appears to the Commissioners that the body is not an eligible body in relation to the group, or
the Commissioners consider it necessary to do so for the protection of the revenue.
Where—the Commissioners must, by notice given to such one of the bodies mentioned in paragraph (c) as the Commissioners consider appropriate, substitute that body as the representative member from the time specified in the notice.
a body corporate ceases to be treated as a member of a group under paragraph 5(1)(c) or 8,
immediately before that time the body was the representative member of the group,
immediately after that time there are two or more bodies corporate who will continue to be treated as members of the group, and
none of those bodies becomes the representative member under paragraph 5(1)(b),
The time specified in a notice under paragraph 8(a) may be a time before the giving of the notice but must not be before the time when the body ceased to be an eligible body.
The time specified in a notice under paragraph 8(b) must not be a time before the day on which the notice is given to the members.
The time specified in a notice under paragraph 9 may be a time before the giving of the notice.
Notifications relating to group treatment
Where two or more bodies are treated as members of the same group and one of those bodies ceases to be an eligible body, that body must so notify the Commissioners.
A body corporate designated as a representative member of a group must not cease to have an established place of business in the United Kingdom without first notifying the Commissioners.
Regulations about applications and notifications
The Commissioners may by regulations make provision about—
the timing of applications under this Schedule (including conferring power on the Commissioners to extend the time for making such applications);
the form and manner of such applications;
the information and particulars to be contained in or provided in connection with such applications.
The Commissioners may also by regulations make provision requiring a person who has made an application under this Schedule to notify the Commissioners if any of the information contained in or provided in connection with the application is or becomes inaccurate.
Sub-paragraph (1) applies in relation to notifications by the Commissioners under this Schedule as it applies in relation to applications under this Schedule.
Plastic packaging tax: assessment of penalties under section 80
Interpretation
In this Schedule “penalty” means a penalty under section 80 (penalty for contravening relevant requirements).
Assessment etc of penalty
Where a person is liable to a penalty, the Commissioners—
may assess the amount of that penalty, and
where such an assessment is made, must notify the person of that amount.
Sub-paragraph (2) applies where—
the Commissioners have made an assessment of a penalty, and
it appears to the Commissioners that the amount which ought to have been assessed exceeds the amount that has already been assessed.
The Commissioners—
may make a supplementary assessment of the amount of the penalty, and
where such an assessment is made, must notify the person of that amount.
Further provision about assessments under paragraphs 2 and 3
An amount assessed and notified to a person under paragraph 2 or 3 is recoverable on the basis that it is an amount of plastic packaging tax due from that person.
But sub-paragraph (1) does not apply if, or to the extent that, the assessment has been withdrawn or reduced.
The fact that an act or omission giving rise to a penalty has ceased before an assessment is made under paragraph 2 or 3 does not affect the power of the Commissioners to make such an assessment.
Sub-paragraph (2) applies where—
the Commissioners assess a person to an amount due by way of a penalty under paragraph 2 or 3, and
the person is also assessed under Schedule 10 for an accounting period to which the act or omission attracting the penalty is referable.
The assessments under paragraph 2 or 3 and Schedule 10 may be combined and notified to the person as one assessment.
A notice of a combined assessment under sub-paragraph (2) must separately identify the penalty being assessed.
Assessment etc of daily penalties
Where an assessment is made under paragraph 2 or 3 to an amount of a penalty to which any person is liable, the notification of that amount must specify a time, not later than the end of the day of the giving of the notification, to which the amount of any daily penalty is calculated.
For the purposes of sub-paragraph (1) “daily penalty” means a penalty imposed under section 80(1)(b).
If further penalties accrue in respect of a continuing failure after that date, a further assessment or further assessments may be made under paragraph 2 or 3 in respect of the amounts so accruing.
Sub-paragraph (2) applies where—
an assessment to a penalty is made specifying a date for the purposes of paragraph 7(1) above, and
the failure in question is remedied within such period as may for the purposes of this sub-paragraph have been notified by the Commissioners to the person liable for the penalty.
The failure is to be deemed for the purposes of any further liability to a penalty to have been remedied on the specified date.
Time limits for assessments
An assessment under paragraph 2 or 3 may not be made after the end of the relevant period.
Except in a case within sub-paragraph (3) the relevant period is the period of 4 years from the act or omission to which the penalty relates.
Where an assessment under paragraph 2 or 3 is made in a case involving loss of plastic packaging tax—the relevant period is the period of 20 years from the act or omission to which the penalty relates.
brought about deliberately by the person, or
In sub-paragraph (3) the reference to a loss brought about by a person includes a reference to a loss brought about by another person acting on behalf of that person.
Plastic packaging tax: amendments of other legislation
Penalties
Failure to notify etc
Schedule 41 to FA 2008 (penalties: failure to notify etc) is amended as follows.
In the Table in paragraph 1, after the entries relating to insurance premium tax, insert—
In paragraph 7(9) (potential lost revenue), in the opening words, after “insurance premium tax,” insert “ plastic packaging tax , ”.
Failure to comply with requirements relating to returns
Schedule 55 to FA 2009 (penalty for failure to make returns etc) is amended as follows.
In paragraph 1(4), in the definition of “penalty date” for “13A” substitute “ 13B ”.
In the table in paragraph 1, after item 13A insert—.
In Schedule 10 to F(No.3)A 2010 (which prospectively amends Schedule 55 to FA 2009 (penalties for failure to make returns etc)) in paragraph 7, in the inserted paragraph 13A(1), after “13A” insert “ , 13B ”.
The amendments to Schedule 55 to FA 2009 made by Schedule 10 to F(No.3)A 2010 (including the amendment made by sub-paragraph (1)) are taken to have come into force for the purposes of plastic packaging tax on the day on which this paragraph comes into force.
Failure to make payment on time
In Schedule 56 to FA 2009, in the Table in paragraph 1 (penalty for failure to make payments on time)—
after item 11A insert—;
after item 16A insert—.
In Schedule 11 to F(No.3)A 2010 (which prospectively amends Schedule 56 to FA 2009 (penalties for failure to make payments)), in paragraph 2—
in sub-paragraph (13)(a), in the substituted text of item 23 in the Table in paragraph 1 of Schedule 56 to FA 2009, in columns 1 and 2, for “ or 11A ” substitute “, 11A or 11B”;
in sub-paragraph (14)(a), in the substituted text of item 24 in the Table in paragraph 1 of Schedule 56 to FA 2009, for “ or 11A ” substitute “, 11A or 11B”.
The amendments to Schedule 56 to FA 2009 made by Schedule 11 to F(No.3)A 2010 (including the amendments made by this paragraph) are taken to have come into force for the purposes of plastic packaging tax on the day on which paragraph 4 of this Schedule comes into force.
Errors in documents
In Schedule 24 to FA 2007 (penalties for errors), in the Table in paragraph 1, after the entry relating to the statement under section 1(1)(a) of the Petroleum Revenue Tax Act 1980, insert—
Failure to disclose tax avoidance schemes
In Schedule 17 to F(No.2)A 2017 (disclosure of tax avoidance schemes: indirect taxes), in paragraph 2(1), after “landfill tax” insert— “ plastic packaging tax ”.
Modifications
Paragraph 16(1) of Schedule 41 to FA 2008 (penalties: failure to notify etc) has effect in its application to plastic packaging tax as if for “shall” there were substituted “ may ”.
The following provisions have effect in their application to plastic packaging tax as if in each case for “must” there were substituted “ may ”
paragraph 18(1) of Schedule 55 to FA 2009 (penalty for failure to make returns etc);
paragraph 11(1) of Schedule 56 to FA 2009 (penalty for failure to make payments on time).
Miscellaneous
Provisional collection of plastic packaging tax
In section 1(1) of the Provisional Collection of Taxes Act 1968 (temporary statutory effect of House of Commons resolutions affecting income tax etc) after “digital services tax,” insert “ plastic packaging tax, ”.
Isle of Man
In section 1(1) of the Isle of Man Act 1979 (common duties), at the end insert
HMRC powers to obtain information etc
Schedule 36 to FA 2008 (powers to obtain information etc) is amended as follows.
In the Table in paragraph 61A (involved third parties), after item 12 insert—
In paragraph 63(1) (meaning of “tax”), after paragraph (i) insert—.
Interest
In Schedule 53 to FA 2009 (late payment interest) after paragraph 11C insert—
Serial tax avoidance
In Schedule 18 to FA 2016 (serial tax avoidance), in paragraph 4(2), after “landfill tax” insert— “ plastic packaging tax ”.
SDLT: increased rates for non-resident transactions
Amendments of FA 2003
In FA 2003, Part 4 (stamp duty land tax) is amended as follows.
After section 75 insert—.
In section 101 (unit trust schemes), in subsection (7), at the end insert
In section 122 (index of defined expressions), in the table, at the appropriate place insert—.
After Schedule 9 insert—
Commencement
The amendments made by this Schedule have effect in relation to any land transaction of which the effective date is, or is after, the commencement date.
But those amendments do not have effect in relation to—
a transaction effected in pursuance of a contract entered into and substantially performed before the commencement date, or
a transaction that—
is entered into pursuant to a contract entered into before 11 March 2020, and
is not excluded for the purposes of this paragraph.
A transaction is excluded for the purposes of paragraph (b) of sub-paragraph (2) if—
there is any variation of the contract, or assignment of rights under the contract, on or after 11 March 2020,
the transaction is effected in consequence of the exercise on or after that date of any option, right of pre-emption or similar right, or
on or after that date there is an assignment, subsale or other transaction relating to the whole or part of the subject-matter of the contract as a result of which a person other than the purchaser under the contract becomes entitled to call for a conveyance.
In this paragraph “the commencement date” means 1 April 2021.
SDLT (relief from higher rate charge for certain housing co-operatives etc): minor and consequential amendments
Part 4 of FA 2003 (stamp duty land tax) is amended in accordance with this Schedule.
Section 81 (further return where relief withdrawn) is amended as follows.
For subsection (1A) substitute—
In subsection (1B), after paragraph (e) insert—.
After subsection (1B) insert—
For subsection (3) substitute—
Omit subsection (5).
At the end insert—
Section 81ZA (alternative finance arrangements: return where relief withdrawn) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1), for “or 6H” substitute “ , 6H or 6I ”.
For subsection (2) substitute—
In subsection (3), for the words from “the first day” to the end substitute
In subsections (4) and (5), for “subsection (3)” substitute “ subsection (3)(a) ”.
After subsection (5) insert—
In subsection (6), for the definition of “the relevant person” substitute—
After subsection (6) insert—
Section 85 (liability for tax) is amended as follows.
After subsection (2) insert—
In subsection (3), for “and 6H” substitute “ , 6H and 6I ”.
In subsection (4), for the words from “means” to the end substitute “ has the same meaning as in section 81ZA (see subsections (6) and (7) of that section) ”.
Section 86 (payment of tax) is amended as follows.
In subsection (2)(za), for “5K” substitute “ 5L ”.
In subsection (2A), for “and 6H” substitute “ , 6H and 6I ”.
In section 87(3) (interest on unpaid tax)—
in paragraph (za), for “5K” substitute “ 5L ”;
after paragraph (za) insert—.
Schedule 4A (stamp duty land tax: higher rate for certain transactions) is amended as follows.
In paragraph 2(6)(a)—
for “5K” substitute “ 5L ”;
for “6H” substitute “ 6I ”.
In paragraph 6A—
in sub-paragraph (4), for “and 5F(1)” substitute “ , 5F(1) and 5FA ”;
in sub-paragraph (5), for “or 5F(1)” substitute “ , 5F(1) or 5FA ”.
In paragraph 6C(2)(b), for “and 5F(1)” substitute “ , 5F(1) and 5FA ”.
After paragraph 6H insert—
In paragraph 9, in the definition of “financial institution”, for “6H” substitute “ 6I ”.
In Schedule 10 (returns, assessments and other matters), in paragraph 12(2A) (notice of enquiry)—
in paragraph (b), omit “in respect of the same land transaction”;
in the words after paragraph (b), for “land transaction” substitute “ return ”.
VAT and distance selling: Northern Ireland
Amendments to Schedules 9ZA and 9ZB to VATA 1994
Amendments to Part 9 of Schedule 9ZA to VATA 1994
Part 9 of Schedule 9ZA to VATA 1994 (value added tax on acquisitions in Northern Ireland from Member States: registration in respect of distance sales) is amended as follows.
Paragraph 48 (liability to be registered) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (1), in the words after paragraph (b), for “on any day” to the end substitute
After that sub-paragraph insert—
Omit sub-paragraphs (6) and (7).
At the end insert—
Paragraph 49 (ceasing to be liable to be registered) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (1)—
in the words before paragraph (a), after “this Schedule” insert “ by virtue of paragraph 48(1)(i) ”;
in paragraph (a), for “the relevant supplies” substitute “ European supplies ”;
in paragraph (b), for “relevant supplies” substitute “ European supplies ”;
in paragraphs (a) and (b), for “£70,000” in both places it occurs substitute “ £8,818 ”.
After that sub-paragraph insert—
In sub-paragraph (2) after “But” insert.
After sub-paragraph (2) insert—
Amendments to Part 5 of Schedule 9ZB to VATA 1994
In Part 5 of Schedule 9ZB to VATA 1994 (goods removed to or from Northern Ireland: rules relating to particular supplies), in paragraph 29 (distance selling between EU and Northern Ireland: place of supply)—
in sub-paragraph (1)(c)—
omit the “or” at the end of paragraph (i);
for the “and” at the end of paragraph (ii) substitute “ or ”;
after that paragraph insert—;
in sub-paragraph (3), after “paragraph 48(2)” insert “ of Schedule 9ZA ”.
Amendments relating to the One Stop Shop and Import One Stop Shop Schemes
In section 40A of VATA 1994 (Northern Ireland Protocol) after subsection (3) insert—
After Schedule 9ZC to VATA 1994 insert—
Omission of Part 2 of Schedule 9ZC to VATA 1994
In Schedule 9ZC to VATA 1994 (online sales by overseas persons and low value importations: modifications relating to the Northern Ireland Protocol) omit Part 2 (modifications of the Value Added Tax (Imported Goods) Relief Order 1984).
Amendments relating to supplies of goods by persons established outside the United Kingdom that are facilitated by online marketplaces
Schedule 9ZC to VATA 1994 is amended as follows.
Before paragraph 2 insert—
After paragraph 2 insert—
In paragraph 3, after sub-paragraph (1) insert—.
After paragraph 3 insert—
Before Part 3 insert—
Deferring VAT payment by reason of the coronavirus emergency
Definitions
In this Schedule—“the Commissioners” means the Commissioners for Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs;“HMRC” means Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs;“relevant VAT sum” means a sum to meet all or part of a liability described in article 5 of the Finance Act 2008, Section 135 (Coronavirus) Order 2020 (S.I. 2020/934).
Power to agree to further defer payment
The Commissioners (having agreed that payment of relevant VAT sums may be deferred until 31 March 2021) may—
agree that payment of a relevant VAT sum may be further deferred, and
make such arrangements as they consider appropriate for persons to pay relevant VAT sums.
The period for which payment is further deferred under sub-paragraph (1) may be different for different cases.
Arrangements made under sub-paragraph (1) may, among other things—
require that, in order to participate in the arrangements, a person must meet specified conditions,
require or enable a sum to be paid in instalments, including instalments of different amounts, and
make different provision for different cases.
Nothing in sub-paragraphs (1) to (3) affects the powers otherwise available to the Commissioners in connection with the collection and management of relevant VAT sums or other sums.
No surcharge
No liability to a surcharge on a relevant VAT sum arises under section 59 of VATA 1994 (the default surcharge).
Penalty
A person who is liable to pay a relevant VAT sum is liable to a penalty if the person—
fails to pay the sum on or before 30 June 2021, and
fails to enter into payment arrangements in respect of the sum on or before that day.
In sub-paragraph (1), “payment arrangements” means arrangements with HMRC (whether general or individually tailored) under which the sum is to be paid and includes arrangements entered into before this Schedule comes into force.
A person is not liable to a penalty under this Schedule in respect of a relevant VAT sum if the person satisfies HMRC or, on appeal, a tribunal that there is a reasonable excuse for the failures described in sub-paragraph (1)(a) and (b).
In sub-paragraph (3), “tribunal” has the same meaning as in VATA 1994 (see section 82 of that Act).
Amount of penalty
The amount of the penalty under this Schedule is 5% of so much of the relevant VAT sum as has not been paid immediately before the day on which the amount due by way of penalty is assessed under paragraph 6(1).
Assessment of penalty
Where a person is liable to a penalty under this Schedule, HMRC may assess the amount due by way of penalty and notify it to the person (subject to sub-paragraph (4)).
If it appears to HMRC that the amount that ought to have been assessed in an assessment under sub-paragraph (1) exceeds the amount that was assessed, HMRC may make a supplementary assessment of the amount of the excess and notify it to the person (subject to sub-paragraph (4)).
If it appears to HMRC that the amount that was assessed in an assessment under sub-paragraph (1) exceeds the amount that ought to have been assessed, HMRC may, by notice to the person, amend the assessment so as to reduce the amount due.
An assessment under sub-paragraph (1) or (2) may not be made after the end of the period of 2 years beginning with the time when facts sufficient in the opinion of HMRC to indicate that the person had failed as described in paragraph 4(1)(a) and (b) came to HMRC's knowledge.
An amendment under sub-paragraph (3) may be made after the last day on which the assessment in question could have been made.
Payment of penalty
A penalty under this Schedule must be paid before the end of the period of 30 days beginning with the day on which notification of the assessment of the penalty under paragraph 6(1) is issued.
Where HMRC make a supplementary assessment under paragraph 6(2), the additional amount must be paid before the end of the period of 30 days beginning with the day on which they issue the notification of that assessment.
Where HMRC amend an assessment under paragraph 6(3) that does not affect when the penalty must be paid.
Recovery of penalty
If an amount is assessed and notified to a person under this Schedule then unless, or except to the extent that, the assessment is withdrawn or reduced, the amount is recoverable as if it were VAT due from the person.
In sub-paragraph (1), “VAT” has the same meaning as in VATA 1994 (see section 96 of that Act).
Reviews and appeals
Part 5 of VATA 1994 (reviews and appeals) has effect in relation to—as if those matters were listed in section 83(1) of that Act.
any liability to a penalty under this Schedule, and
the amount of a penalty under this Schedule,
Section 84(3), (3B) and (3C) of that Act (requirement to deposit sum payable with HMRC) have effect in relation to appeals against decisions with respect to those matters.
Double jeopardy
A person is not liable to a penalty under this Schedule in respect of a failure in respect of which the person has been convicted of an offence.
Notifications etc
Section 98 of VATA 1994 (service of notices) applies to notices and notifications to be given under this Schedule as it applies to notices and notifications to be given under that Act.
For the purposes of this Schedule, a notice or notification given to a personal representative, trustee in bankruptcy, trustee in sequestration, receiver, liquidator or other representative of a person is to be treated as having been given to that person.
In sub-paragraph (2), “trustee in sequestration” has the same meaning as in VATA 1994 (see section 96 of that Act).
Customs duty: steel products
The Customs (Northern Ireland) (EU Exit) Regulations 2020 (S.I. 2020/1605) are amended in accordance with this Schedule.
Duty on certain steel products imported on or after 3 March 2021
After regulation 7 insert—
In regulation 8 (determination of section 30A charge), after “7” insert “ , 7A ”.
In regulation 9 (relief from section 30A duty), in sub-paragraph (c)—
for “regulation” substitute “ regulations ”;
after “7” insert “ and 7A ”.
The amendments made by this paragraph—
have effect in relation to goods declared on or after 3 March 2021, in accordance with Union customs legislation, for a procedure corresponding to the free-circulation procedure or the authorised use procedure, and
have effect as if made under section 30B of TCTA 2018 (and may be amended or revoked accordingly).
Duty on certain steel products imported before 3 March 2021
Before regulation 8 insert—
In regulation 8 (determination of section 30A charge), before “and 9” insert “ , 7B ”.
The amendments made by this paragraph—
have effect in relation to goods declared on or after IP completion day, in accordance with Union customs legislation, for a procedure corresponding to the free-circulation procedure or the authorised use procedure, and
have effect as if made under section 30B of TCTA 2018 (and may be amended or revoked accordingly).
Duty on certain steel products removed to Northern Ireland on or after 3 March 2021
After regulation 13 insert—
In regulation 14 (determination of section 40A charge), after “13,” insert “ 13A, ”.
In regulation 16 (relief from section 40A duty), in paragraph (1)(c)—
for “regulation” substitute “ regulations ”;
after “13” insert “ and 13A ”.
The amendments made by this paragraph—
have effect in relation to goods declared on or after 3 March 2021, in accordance with Union customs legislation, for a procedure corresponding to the free-circulation procedure or the authorised use procedure, and
have effect as if made under section 40B of TCTA 2018 (and may be amended or revoked accordingly).
Duty on certain steel products removed to Northern Ireland after IP completion day
Before regulation 14 insert—
In regulation 14 (determination of section 40A charge), before “15” insert “ 13B, 13C, ”.
The amendments made by this paragraph—
have effect in relation to goods declared on or after IP completion day, in accordance with Union customs legislation, for a procedure corresponding to the free-circulation procedure or the authorised use procedure, and
have effect as if made under section 40B of TCTA 2018 (and may be amended or revoked accordingly).
Interpretation
In regulation 3 (interpretation of Part 2), at the appropriate places insert—;;;;.
The amendments made by this paragraph—
are treated as having come into force on IP completion day, and
have effect as if made under sections 30B and 40B of TCTA 2018 (and may be amended or revoked accordingly).
Power to extend application of the regulations to other goods
Where provision inserted by this Schedule—that power may (amongst other things) be exercised to make similar provision relating to other goods, including provision having retrospective effect provided any such retrospective provision does not impose or increase taxation.
relates to particular goods, and
is to have effect as if made under a power conferred by TCTA 2018,
Restriction of use of rebated diesel and biofuels
HODA 1979 is amended as follows.
In section 6AA (excise duty on biodiesels), in subsection (2)—
after paragraph (a) insert—;
in paragraph (b), for “so used” substitute “ used as mentioned in paragraph (a) or (aa) ”.
In section 6AB (excise duty on blends of biodiesel and heavy oils), in subsection (4A), for “other than as fuel for road vehicles” substitute “ as fuel for excepted machines ”.
If paragraph 2 of Schedule 11 to FA 2020 has come into force in relation to any part of the United Kingdom before this Schedule comes into force then, in relation to that part, in sub-paragraph (1) of this paragraph, after “vehicles” insert “ etc ”.
In section 6A (fuel substitutes), in subsection (2)—
at the end of paragraph (a) (but before the “or”) insert—;
in paragraph (b), for “so used” substitute “ used as mentioned in paragraph (a) or (aa) ”.
In section 12 (rebate not allowed on fuel for road vehicles)—
in the heading, for “for road vehicles” substitute “ other than for excepted machines ”;
in subsection (1), for “for a road vehicle” substitute “ other than for an excepted machine ”;
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If paragraph 3 of Schedule 11 to FA 2020 has come into force in relation to any part of the United Kingdom before this Schedule comes into force then, in relation to that part—
in sub-paragraph (1)(a) of this paragraph, after “vehicles” insert “ etc ”;
in sub-paragraph (1)(b) of this paragraph, after “vehicle” insert “ or as fuel for propelling a private pleasure craft ”.
In subsection (1)—
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
in paragraph (b)—
for “road vehicle” substitute “ vehicle, vessel, machine or appliance ”;
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In subsection (1A)—
in the words before paragraph (a)—
for “road vehicle” substitute “ vehicle, vessel, machine or appliance ”;
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
in paragraph (a), for “road vehicle” substitute “ vehicle, vessel, machine or appliance ”.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In subsection (6)—
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
in paragraph (b), for the words from “a vehicle” to the end substitute “ a vehicle, vessel, machine or appliance at a time when it is an excepted machine and remaining in that vehicle, vessel, machine or appliance as part of its fuel supply at a later time when it ceases to be an excepted machine ”.
In section 13ZB (restrictions on supply of certain heavy oil for heating etc), in subsection (5), in the definition of “prohibited use”, for “for a road vehicle” substitute “ other than for an excepted machine ”.
If paragraph 4 of Schedule 11 to FA 2020 has come into force in relation to any part of the United Kingdom before this Schedule comes into force then, in relation to that part, in sub-paragraph (1) of this paragraph, after “vehicle” insert “ or as fuel for a private pleasure craft ”.
Section 13AA (restrictions on use of rebated kerosene) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1), for paragraphs (a) and (b) substitute “ an excepted machine other than an excepted machine used for heating ”.
In subsection (2), for paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) substitute—
In section 13AB (penalty for contravention of section 13AA), in subsection (2), in the words before paragraph (a), omit “of an engine”.
Section 14A (rebate on biodiesel used other than as fuel for road vehicles etc) is amended as follows.
In the heading, for “other than as fuel for road vehicles etc” substitute “ as fuel for excepted machines ”.
In subsection (1)—
in paragraph (a), for “for a road vehicle” substitute “ other than for an excepted machine ”;
omit paragraph (aa);
in paragraph (b), for “used as mentioned in paragraph (a) or (aa)” substitute “ other than a substance used as fuel for an excepted machine ”.
Omit subsection (4).
Section 14B (rebate on bioblend used other than as fuel for road vehicles) is amended as follows.
In the heading, for “other than as fuel for road vehicles” substitute “ as fuel for excepted machines ”.
In subsection (1)(a)—
in sub-paragraph (i), for “for a road vehicle” substitute “ other than for an excepted machine ”;
in sub-paragraph (ii), for “so used” substitute “ other than a substance used as fuel for an excepted machine ”.
In subsection (1)(b)(i), for the words from “fuel” to “of” substitute “ mentioned in ”.
If paragraph 6 of Schedule 11 to FA 2020 has come into force in relation to any part of the United Kingdom before this Schedule comes into force then, in relation to that part—
in sub-paragraph (2) of this paragraph, after “vehicles” insert “ etc ”;
after sub-paragraph (3)(a) of this paragraph insert—;
in sub-paragraph (3)(b) of this paragraph, for “so used” substitute “ used as mentioned in sub-paragraph (i) or (ia) ”.
Section 14C (restrictions on use of rebated diesel and bioblend) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1)—
in paragraph (a), for “for a road vehicle” substitute “ other than for an excepted machine ”;
in paragraph (b), for “so used” substitute “ other than a substance used as fuel for an excepted machine ”;
for subsections (c) and (d) substitute
In subsection (2)—
in paragraph (a), for the words from “fuel” to “of” substitute “ mentioned in ”;
in paragraph (c), for “such an engine” substitute “ an engine used as mentioned in section 13AA(1) ”.
Omit subsection (4A).
If paragraph 7 of Schedule 11 to FA 2020 has come into force in relation to any part of the United Kingdom before this Schedule comes into force then, in relation to that part, in sub-paragraph (2)(c) of this paragraph—
for “subsections (c) and (d)” substitute “ subsection (c) ”;
omit “, or”.
Section 14D (penalties for misuse of rebated biodiesel or bioblend) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1)—
in the words before paragraph (a), for “a road vehicle” substitute “ a fuel supply ”;
in paragraph (b), for “vehicle” substitute “ fuel supply ”.
In subsection (2)(b), for “vehicle or the fuel supply of an engine” substitute “ fuel supply ”.
In subsection (3)(b), for “vehicle or the fuel supply of an engine” substitute “ fuel supply ”.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Section 19 (fuel used in fishing boats etc) is amended as follows.
In the heading, for “fishing boats” substitute “ lifeboats ”.
In subsection (3), omit “less any rebate allowed in respect of the duty”.
In section 20AAA (mixing of rebated oil), in subsection (4)(a), for “for a road vehicle” substitute “ other than for an excepted machine ”.
If paragraph 10 of Schedule 11 to FA 2020 has come into force in relation to any part of the United Kingdom before this Schedule comes into force then, in relation to that part, in sub-paragraph (1) of this paragraph, after “vehicle” insert “ or as fuel for propelling a private pleasure craft ”.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Section 24A (penalties for misuse of marked oil) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1), for “a road vehicle” substitute “ other than for an excepted machine ”.
In subsection (3), for “for road vehicles or for road vehicles of a particular description” substitute “ other than for excepted machines ”.
In subsection (7) for the words from “road vehicle” to “the vehicle” substitute “ vehicle, vessel, machine or appliance other than an excepted machine ”.
Section 27 (interpretation) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1)—
after the definition of “controlled oil” insert—;
omit the definition of “excepted vehicle”;
in the definition of “road vehicle” for “excepted vehicle” substitute “ vehicle that is an excepted machine ”.
In subsection (1ZA)—
in the words before paragraph (a), after “vehicle” insert “ , vessel, machine or appliance ”;
in paragraph (a), after “vehicle” insert “ or vessel, or, as the case may be, for powering the machine or appliance ”;
at the end of paragraph (a) (but before the “or” at the end of that paragraph) insert—;
for paragraph (b) substitute—
In subsection (1ZB)—
after “into a vehicle” insert “ , vessel, machine or appliance ”;
after “into the vehicle” insert “ , vessel, machine or appliance ”;
the words from “from which the engine” to the end become paragraph (a);
in that paragraph, after “propelling the vehicle” insert “ or vessel or, as the case may be, for powering the machine or appliance, ”;
after that paragraph insert
In subsection (1ZC)—
in the words before paragraph (a)—
after “vehicle” insert “ , vessel, machine or appliance, ”;
after “engine” insert “ , furnace or boiler ”;
in paragraph (a), for “or engine” substitute “ , vessel, machine or appliance, or of the engine, furnace or boiler ”;
in paragraph (b), for “or engine” substitute “ , vessel, machine or appliance, or of the engine, furnace or boiler ”.
In subsection (1ZD)—
omit “appliances and”;
after “vehicles” insert “ , vessels, machines or appliances ”.
Omit Schedule 1 (excepted vehicles).
Before Schedule 2 insert—
In paragraph 19, for “road vehicle” substitute “ vehicle, vessel, machine or appliance ”.
In paragraph 20, at the end insert “ , vessel, machine or appliance ”.
In paragraph 21—
for “(other” substitute “ (including places of any description, and in particular tents or movable structures, other ”;
after “vehicles” insert “ , vessels, machines or appliances ”;
after “any vehicle” insert “ , vessel, machine or appliance ”.
If paragraph 13 of Schedule 11 to FA 2020 has come into force in relation to any part of the United Kingdom before this Schedule comes into force then, in relation to that part—
in sub-paragraph (2) of this paragraph, after “road vehicle” insert “ or a vessel ”;
in sub-paragraph (3) of this paragraph, for the words from “at the end” to the end substitute “for “ or a vessel ” substitute “, vessel, machine or appliance” ”;
for sub-paragraph (4)(b) of this paragraph substitute—;
for sub-paragraph (4)(c) of this paragraph substitute—.
In Schedule 5 (sampling), in paragraph 7, after “vehicle” insert “ , vessel, machine or appliance ”.
If paragraph 14 of Schedule 11 to FA 2020 has come into force in relation to any part of the United Kingdom before this Schedule comes into force then, in relation to that part, in sub-paragraph (1) of this paragraph, for the words from “after” to the end substitute “for “ or a vessel ” substitute “, vessel, machine or appliance” ”.
Capital allowances for freeport tax sites
First-year allowance for plant and machinery
Part 2 of CAA 2001 (plant and machinery allowances) is amended as follows.
In section 39 (first-year allowances available for certain types of qualifying expenditure only), at the end insert—
After section 45N insert—
In section 46(1) (general exclusions applying to first-year qualifying expenditure), at the end insert—
In section 52(3) (amount of first-year allowances), in the Table, at the end insert—.
Structures and buildings allowances
Part 2A of CAA 2001 (structures and buildings allowances) is amended as follows.
Section 270AA (structures and buildings allowances) is amended as follows.
In subsection (2)(b)(ii), for “the period of 33 1/3 years” substitute “ the period of the length specified in subsection (2A), ”.
After that subsection insert—
In subsection (5), for “3% of the qualifying expenditure” substitute
In subsection (6), after “section—” insert—.
In section 270BJ (expenditure on renovation, conversion or incidental repairs), after subsection (2) insert—
In section 270BK(3) (preparation of sites), for “and 270AB” substitute “ , 270AB and 270BNA(2) and (7) ”.
After section 270BN insert—
Section 270EB (multiple uses) is amended as follows.
In subsection (2), for “3%” substitute “ the relevant percentage ”.
After subsection (3) insert—
In section 270IA(4) (evidence of qualifying expenditure etc), after subsection (4) insert—
Related amendments
TMA 1970
In section 98 of TMA 1970 (penalty for failure to provide information etc), in the second column of the Table, in the entry relating to CAA 2001, after “45G(4) and (5),” insert “ 45R(5) and (6), ”.
CAA 2001
CAA 2001 is amended as follows.
Section 3 (claims for capital allowances) is amended as follows.
After subsection (2) insert—
In subsection (2ZA)—
after “allowances)” insert, and
at the end insert
Section 570B (orders and regulations) is amended as follows.
In subsection (3), for “70YJ” substitute “ 45P, 70YJ or 270BNC ”.
After that subsection insert—
After section 573 insert—
In Part 2 of Schedule 1 to CAA 2001 (defined expressions), at the appropriate place insert—.
Relief from stamp duty land tax for freeport tax sites
Part 4 of FA 2003 (stamp duty land tax) is amended as follows.
After section 61 insert—
In section 81 (further return where relief withdrawn)—
in subsection (1A) (as substituted by Schedule 17 to this Act), after paragraph (a) insert—,
in subsection (1B), after paragraph (ea) (inserted by Schedule 17 to this Act) insert—, and
after subsection (4) insert—
In section 81ZA (alternative finance arrangements: return where relief withdrawn)—
in subsection (1), after “arrangements)” insert “ or under Part 3 of Schedule 6C (relief for freeport tax sites) in a case to which paragraph 11 of that Schedule (alternative finance arrangements) applies ”,
in subsection (3) (as substituted by Schedule 17 to this Act), at the end insert—, and
after subsection (6) insert—
In section 85(3) (liability for tax), after “arrangements)” insert “ or under Part 3 of Schedule 6C (relief for freeport tax sites) in a case to which paragraph 11 of that Schedule (alternative finance arrangements) applies ”.”
In section 86 (payment of tax)—
in subsection (2), after paragraph (za) insert—, and
in subsection (2A), after “arrangements)” insert “ or under Part 3 of Schedule 6C (relief for freeport tax sites) in a case to which paragraph 11 of that Schedule (alternative finance arrangements) applies ”.
In section 87(3) (interest on unpaid tax), after paragraph (aza) insert—.
After Schedule 6B insert—
Penalties for failure to make returns etc
Introduction
Introduction
This Schedule provides for a person who fails to make a return to be liable to penalty points and penalties.
This Part of this Schedule—
identifies groups of returns, and the returns falling within each group, and
makes provision about the interpretation of this Schedule.
Part 2 of this Schedule provides for a person to be liable to penalty points, and penalties, in respect of each group of returns.
Part 3 of this Schedule makes supplementary provision.
Returns
The Table identifies, for each item listed in column 1 of the Table, one or more groups of returns (according to the frequency with which returns are required to be made).
This group applies where there is no requirement to provide information under regulations under paragraph 7 of Schedule A1 to TMA 1970. return, accounts, statements or documents required under section 8 of TMA 1970...
This group applies where there is a requirement to provide information under regulations under paragraph 7 of Schedule A1 to TMA 1970. return, accounts, statements or documents required under section 8 of TMA 1970...... Information required to be provided under regulations under paragraph 7 of Schedule A1 to TMA 1970
This group applies where there is no requirement to provide information under regulations under paragraph 7 of Schedule A1 to TMA 1970. return, accounts, statements or documents required under section 8A of TMA 1970...
This group applies where there is a requirement to provide information under regulations under paragraph 7 of Schedule A1 to TMA 1970. return, accounts, statements or documents required under section 8A of TMA 1970...... Information required to be provided under regulations under paragraph 7 of Schedule A1 to TMA 1970
This group applies where there is no requirement to provide information under regulations under paragraph 7 of Schedule A1 to TMA 1970. return, accounts, statements or documents required under section 12AA(2) or (3) of TMA 1970...
This group applies where there is a requirement to provide information under regulations under paragraph 7 of Schedule A1 to TMA 1970. Return under regulations under paragraph 10 of Schedule A1 to TMA 1970 Information required to be provided under regulations under paragraph 7 of Schedule A1 to TMA 1970
Return under regulation 50 of the Value Added Tax Regulations 1995 (S.I. 1995/2518) for a current accounting year
Return under regulation 25(1)(c) of those regulations for a period which is more than 20 weeks, and is the period for which returns are (or are to be) usually made by the person in question
Return under regulation 25(1) of the Value Added Tax Regulations 1995 (S.I. 1995/2518), other than a return under regulation 25(1)(a), (b) or (c)
Return under regulation 25(1)(c) of those regulations for a period which is more than 8 weeks but not more than 20 weeks, and is the period for which returns are (or are to be) usually made by the person in question
Return under regulation 25(1)(a) of the Value Added Tax Regulations 1995 (S.I. 1995/2518)
Return under regulation 25(1)(c) of those regulations for a period which is not more than 8 weeks, and is the period for which returns are (or are to be) usually made, or a period for which returns are (or are to be) regularly made, by the person in question
Where an entry in column A, B or C of the Table which refers to legislation uses terms used in the legislation, the terms have the same meaning in the entry as in the legislation.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interpretation
This paragraph applies for the interpretation of this Schedule.
References to the Table are to the Table in paragraph 2 (unless otherwise specified).
References to “return” include any return, information, statement, account or other document specified in column A, B or C of the Table.
Each entry in Column A, B or C of the Table is a “group” of returns, and references to returns in or belonging to a group of returns are to be read accordingly.
References to group 1A are to the group of returns in item 1, column A, to group 1B are to the group of returns in item 1, column B, and so on.
Each numbered paragraph in group 1B, 2B or 3B is a “digital reporting sub-group” of returns, and references to returns in or belonging to a digital reporting sub-group of returns are to be read accordingly.
References to digital reporting sub-group (1) of group 1B are to the returns in paragraph (1) in item 1, column B, to digital reporting sub-group (2) of group 1B are to the returns in paragraph (2) in item 1, column B, and so on.
Any reference to making a return includes a reference to filing, delivering or submitting a return.
“Due date”, in relation to a return, means the date by which it is required to be made.
A failure to make a return on or before the due date is treated as occurring on the day after the due date.
“HMRC” means Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs.
Application of Schedule to persons with multiple businesses etc
Sub-paragraphs (2) to (4) apply for the interpretation of this Schedule where a person—
carries on more than one business, and
in relation to two or more of those businesses (the “relevant businesses”), is required to make returns belonging to the same group of returns.
If the group of returns mentioned in sub-paragraph (1)(b) is group 1A, 2A, 3A, 4A, 4B or 4C, the person makes a single return belonging to that group for all of the relevant businesses and so there is a single group of returns of that description for those businesses.
If the group of returns mentioned in sub-paragraph (1)(b) is group 1B, 2B or 3B, there is a single group of returns of that description for all of the relevant businesses notwithstanding that the person makes separate returns belonging to that group for each of the relevant businesses.
Where there is a single group of returns of a particular description for two or more relevant businesses (see sub-paragraphs (2) and (3))—
the person has a single liability for points and penalties for those businesses;
any change to the number of relevant businesses does not affect the continuity of the group of returns or the penalty points that the person has for the group of returns.
For the purposes of this Schedule, references to a person who carries on more than one business include references to a person who is treated as carrying on more than one business by section 43(1) of VATA 1994 (groups of companies).
If a body corporate carries on a business in several divisions and the registration of the body corporate under VATA 1994 is in the names of those divisions, such that the body corporate makes separate returns belonging to group 4A, 4B or 4C for each of those divisions—
there is a separate group of returns of that description for each division, and
the body corporate has a separate liability for points and penalties for each division.
Accordingly, it follows from sub-paragraph (6) that where, in paragraph 5—
a limit on a person's liability to penalty points for a group of returns is specified, the limit applies separately in relation to the group of returns of that description for each division, and
a maximum number of penalty points for a group of returns is specified, the maximum applies separately in relation to the group of returns of that description for each division.
Liability to a penalty
Liability to penalty points
If a person fails to make a return on or before the due date, the person is liable to one penalty point for the group of returns to which the return belongs (but see sub-paragraphs (2) to (8)).
A person is not liable to more than one penalty point per month for each of group 4A, 4B or 4C, even if in that month there is more than one failure to make a return in that group on or before the due date—
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A person is not liable to more than one penalty point per month in respect of a failure to make a return in a digital reporting sub-group of returns, even if in that month there is more than one failure to make a return in that digital reporting sub-group on or before the due date.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If—sub-paragraph (3) is to be read in relation to that digital reporting sub-group as if references to a month were references to a calendar quarter.
a person carries on more than one business and in relation to two or more of those businesses is required to make returns belonging to digital reporting sub-group (4) of group 1B or 2B or digital reporting sub-group (2) of group 3B, and
the due dates for the returns belonging to the digital reporting sub-group in question do not all fall within the same month of a calendar quarter,
“Calendar quarter” means a period of 3 months beginning with 1 January, 1 April, 1 July or 1 October.
If there is more than one failure in a month or calendar quarter (as the case may be) to make a return in a group of returns, or in a digital reporting sub-group of returns, on or before the due date (see sub-paragraphs (2), (3) and (5)), the one penalty point for the month or calendar quarter to which the person is liable by virtue of this paragraph is for all of those failures.
A person is not liable to a penalty point for a group of returns if the person already has the maximum number of penalty points for that group of returns.
The maximum number of penalty points for a group of returns is—
if the group is in Column A of the Table, 2 points,
if the group is in Column B of the Table, 4 points, and
if the group is in Column C of the Table, 5 points.
See paragraphs 19 to 21 for further rules about liability to a penalty point.
Award of penalty points
Where a person is liable to a penalty point for a group of returns, HMRC may award the person a penalty point for that group.
Where HMRC award a penalty point they must notify the person and, in the notice—
state the failure (or failures) in respect of which the penalty point is awarded, and
include sufficient information for the person to be able to identify the group of returns for which the penalty point is awarded.
HMRC may not award a penalty point after—
the later of date A and (where it applies) date B, or
where the penalty point is to be awarded in respect of a failure (or failures) to make, on or before the due date, a return in digital reporting sub-group ... (4) of group 1B or 2B or digital reporting sub-group (2) of group 3B, the later of date A and (where it applies) date C.
Date A is the end of the period of x weeks beginning with—
if the penalty point is to be awarded in respect of a single failure, the day on which the failure occurred;
if the penalty point is to be awarded in respect of more than one failure in the same month or, as the case may be, the same calendar quarter (see paragraph 5(7)), the day on which the latest of those failures occurred.
In sub-paragraph (4) “x weeks” means—
if the group of returns is in Column A of the Table, 48 weeks,
if the group of returns is in Column B of the Table, 11 weeks, and
if the group of returns is in Column C of the Table, 2 weeks.
Date B is the last day of the period of 12 months beginning with—
the end of the appeal period for the assessment of the liability to tax which would have been shown in the relevant return, or
if there is no such assessment, the date on which that liability is ascertained or it is ascertained that the liability is nil.
In sub-paragraph (6)(a)—“appeal period” means the period during which—an appeal could be brought (ignoring any possibility of an appeal out of time), or an appeal that has been brought has not been determined or withdrawn;“relevant return” means—if the penalty point is to be awarded in respect of a single failure to make a return on or before the due date, that return; if the penalty point is to be awarded in respect of more than one failure to make a return, on or before the due date, in the same month or, as the case may be, the same calendar quarter (see paragraph 5(7)), the return for which there was the latest due date in the period in question.
If more than one return is the relevant return by virtue of paragraph (b) of the definition of “relevant return” in sub-paragraph (7) and the same day is not date B in relation to all of those returns, treat date B as being the latest of those days.
Date C—
applies where, on date A, it was not reasonable to expect HMRC to be aware that the person was required to make the return (or the returns), and
is the last day of the period of 12 months beginning with the first day on which it was reasonable to expect HMRC to be aware that the person was required to make the return (or one of the returns).
For the purposes of this Schedule, a person “has” a penalty point if HMRC has awarded the person the penalty point, the penalty point or liability to it has not been cancelled and the penalty point has not expired.
Cancellation of individual penalty points
HMRC may cancel a penalty point awarded under paragraph 6.
Where HMRC cancel a penalty point after a notice under paragraph 6(2) in respect of the penalty point is given, they must notify the person and, in the notice—
state the failure (or failures) in respect of which the penalty point was awarded, and
include sufficient information for the person to be able to identify the group of returns for which the penalty point was awarded.
Where HMRC cancel a penalty point before a notice under paragraph 6(2) in respect of the penalty point is given, HMRC is not required to give the notice under paragraph 6(2).
Where HMRC cancel a penalty point, any assessment of a penalty under this Schedule for which the person is liable by virtue of the penalty point ceases to have effect (and is to be taken as never having had any effect).
The cancellation of a penalty point does not prevent HMRC from subsequently awarding a penalty point for the failure (or failures) in respect of which the cancelled penalty point was awarded.
Sub-paragraph (7) applies if—
HMRC cancel a penalty point,
after that penalty point was given by HMRC and before it was cancelled, the person failed to make a return on or before the due date, and
at the time the failure occurred, the person already had the maximum number of penalty points for the group of returns to which that return belongs (see paragraph 5(8)).
HMRC may award a penalty point in respect of the failure before the end of the period of 12 months beginning with the day after HMRC cancel the penalty point (and paragraph 6(3) does not apply).
Expiry of individual penalty points
A penalty point for a group of returns expires at the end of the relevant period, unless immediately before the end of that period the person has the maximum number of penalty points for that group of returns.
The relevant period is—
the period of 24 months beginning with the first day of the month after the month in which the failure or failures, in respect of which the point was awarded, occurred, or
where paragraph 6(3)(b) applied to the award of the point and the point was awarded after date A and on or before date C, the period of 24 months beginning with the day after the day on which the point was awarded.
Where the penalty point was awarded in respect of more than one failure by virtue of paragraph 5(5), the references in sub-paragraph (2)(a) to a month are to be read as references to a calendar quarter.
In this paragraph—“calendar quarter” has the meaning given by paragraph 5(6);“date A” and “date C” have the meanings given by paragraph 6.
Expiry of all penalty points for a group of returns
Each of a person's penalty points for a group of returns expires
at the beginning of the first day on which both condition A and condition B are met , or
if HMRC notify the person before that time that HMRC have decided the points should expire, at the beginning of the day specified in the notice (which may be before the day on which the notice is given).
Condition A is that the person has made each return in the group on or before its due date for the relevant length of time (or longer).
The relevant length of time is x months beginning with the first day of the month after the month in which the most recent failure to make a return in the group on or before its due date occurred.
In sub-paragraph (3) “x months” means—
if the group of returns is in Column A of the Table, 24 months,
if the group of returns is in Column B of the Table, 12 months, and
if the group of returns is in Column C of the Table, 6 months.
Condition B is met on any day if the person has made all the returns in the group whose due date fell in the period of 24 months ending with the previous day (whether or not those returns were made on or before their due date).
Where each of a person's penalty points for a group of returns expires under paragraph (1)(a), HMRC must notify the person.
For the purposes of this paragraph, where—the person is to be treated as if they made the return on or before the due date.
a person fails to make a return, and
by virtue of paragraph 19(1) (reasonable excuse) no liability to a penalty point or penalty in respect of the failure arises under this Schedule,
Penalty points: effect of moving between groups of returns
Paragraphs 10 to 13 apply where, in relation to any item in the Table, a person—(for example, where a person ceases to be required to make returns in group 1A and instead becomes required to make returns in group 1B).
ceases to be required to make returns in a group of returns specified in relation to that item in one column of the Table (the “old” group of returns), and
instead becomes required to make returns in a group of returns specified in relation to that item in another column of the Table (the “ new ” group of returns),
But where the returns in the old group of returns relate to a business or businesses carried on by the person, paragraphs 10 to 13 apply only if the returns in the new group of returns also relate to that business or all of those businesses.
This paragraph applies to determine the penalty points the person has for the new group of returns, on becoming required to make returns for the new group of returns.
If the person has no penalty points for the old group of returns, the person has no penalty points for the new group of returns.
If the person has penalty points for the old group of returns, the number of penalty points the person has for the new group of returns is determined by taking the number of penalty points the person has for the old group of returns and adjusting it in accordance with the table below.
If the adjustment gives a number of less than zero, treat the adjusted number of penalty points as zero.
This paragraph applies if the adjusted number of penalty points for the new group of returns is greater than zero, but less than the actual number of penalty points for the old group of returns.
Treat the person as having, for the new group of returns, the penalty points which were awarded in respect of the x most recent relevant failures (but if a single penalty point was awarded in respect of more than one relevant failure, for the purposes of this sub-paragraph treat those relevant failures as a single relevant failure).
“X” is the adjusted number of penalty points for the new group of returns.
Treat the penalty points in respect of the other relevant failures as having expired (so that the person has no penalty points for the old group of returns).
In this paragraph “relevant failure” means a failure to make a return in the old group of returns on or before its due date, in respect of which a penalty point was awarded.
This paragraph applies if the adjusted number of penalty points for the new group of returns is greater than the actual number of penalty points for the old group of returns.
Treat all the penalty points for the old group of returns as penalty points for the new group of returns.
Treat the additional penalty points as having been awarded in respect of relevant failures occurring on the same day as the most recent relevant failure.
For this purpose the additional penalty points are the penalty points added by way of adjustment to the actual number of penalty points for the old group of returns.
In this paragraph “relevant failure” means a failure to make a return in the old group of returns on or before its due date, in respect of which a penalty point was awarded.
Paragraph 8 applies in relation to the new group of returns with the following modifications.
Sub-paragraph (3) applies as if for the words from “month in which” to the end there were substituted “ first month for all or part of which a return in the new group of returns is required to be made ”.
The reference in sub-paragraph (5) to returns in the group includes returns in the old group of returns.
Penalty points: effect of change of representative member of VAT group
This paragraph applies where—
a person is replaced as the representative member of a group (“the former representative member”) by another member of the group (“the new representative member”) under section 43B of VATA 1994, and
the former representative member has penalty points for the group of 4A, 4B or 4C returns for the businesses that were treated by section 43(1) of VATA 1994 as being carried on by the former representative member (and are now treated by that section as being carried on by the new representative member).
Where this paragraph applies, treat the new representative member as having the penalty points that the former representative member has for the group of returns.
Liability to penalties
If a person fails to make a return on or before the due date and condition A or condition B is met, the person is liable to a penalty (but see sub-paragraphs (5) and (9)).
Condition A is that—
the person is awarded a penalty point in respect of the failure (including where the penalty point is awarded in respect of the failure and another failure or other failures), and
on being awarded that penalty point, or on being awarded after that failure a penalty point in respect of an earlier failure (or earlier failures), the person has the maximum number of penalty points for the group of returns to which the return belongs.
Condition B is that the failure occurs on a day on which the person has the maximum number of penalty points for the group of returns to which the return belongs.
The amount of a penalty under this paragraph is £200.
A person is not liable to more than one penalty per month in respect of a failure to make a return in a digital reporting sub-group of returns, even if in that month there is more than one failure to make a return in that digital reporting sub-group on or before the due date.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If—sub-paragraph (5) is to be read in relation to that digital reporting sub-group as if references to a month were references to a calendar quarter.
a person carries on more than one business and in relation to two or more of those businesses is required to make returns belonging to digital reporting sub-group (4) of group 1B or 2B or digital reporting sub-group (2) of group 3B, and
the due dates for the returns belonging to the digital reporting sub-group in question do not all fall within the same month of a calendar quarter,
“Calendar quarter” means a period of 3 months beginning with 1 January, 1 April, 1 July or 1 October.
If there is more than one failure in a month or calendar quarter (as the case may be) to make a return in a digital reporting sub-group of returns on or before the due date (see sub-paragraphs (5) and (7)), the one penalty for the month or calendar quarter to which the person is liable by virtue of this paragraph is for all of those failures.
See paragraphs 19 to 21 for further rules about liability to a penalty.
Assessments
Where a person is liable to a penalty under this Schedule HMRC may assess the penalty.
Where HMRC assess a penalty they must—
notify the person, and
state in the notice the failure (or, where paragraph 15(9) applies, the failures) for which the person is liable to a penalty.
Where a person is liable to a penalty because condition A in paragraph 15 is met, notice of an assessment of the penalty may not be issued before (but may be issued at the same time as) notice under paragraph 6 of the award of the penalty point as a result of which the person is liable to the penalty.
A penalty under this Schedule must be paid before the end of the period of 30 days beginning with the day on which notification of the penalty is issued.
An assessment of a penalty under this Schedule—
is to be treated for procedural purposes in the same way as an assessment to the tax concerned (except in respect of a matter expressly provided for in this Schedule),
may be enforced as if it were an assessment to the tax concerned, and
may be combined with an assessment to the tax concerned.
Withdrawal of assessments
This paragraph applies where HMRC have assessed a penalty for which a person is liable under this Schedule in respect of a failure (or failures) to make a return.
HMRC may withdraw the assessment by notice to the person.
The withdrawn assessment ceases to have effect (and is to be taken as never having had any effect).
But the withdrawal of the assessment does not prevent HMRC from subsequently assessing a penalty for the failure (or failures) mentioned in sub-paragraph (1).
Time limit for assessments
An assessment of a penalty under this Schedule may not be made after—(But see sub-paragraphs (7) and (8).)
the later of date A and (where it applies) date B, or
where the penalty is to be assessed in respect of a failure (or failures) to make, on or before the due date, a return in digital reporting sub-group ... (4) of group 1B or 2B or digital reporting sub-group (2) of group 3B, the later of date A and (where it applies) date C.
Date A is the end of the period of 2 years beginning with—
if the penalty is to be assessed in respect of a single failure, the day on which the failure occurred;
if the penalty is to be assessed in respect of more than one failure in the same month or, as the case may be, the same calendar quarter (see paragraph 15(9)), the day on which the latest of the failures occurred.
Date B is the last day of the period of 12 months beginning with—
the end of the appeal period for the assessment of the liability to tax which would have been shown in the relevant return, or
if there is no such assessment, the date on which that liability is ascertained or it is ascertained that the liability is nil.
In sub-paragraph (3)(a)—“appeal period” means the period during which—an appeal could be brought (ignoring any possibility of an appeal out of time), or an appeal that has been brought has not been determined or withdrawn;“relevant return” means—if the penalty is to be assessed in respect of a single failure to make a return on or before the due date, that return; if the penalty is to be assessed in respect of more than one failure to make a return, on or before the due date, in the same month or, as the case may be, the same calendar quarter (see paragraph 15(9)), the return for which there was the latest due date in the period in question.
If more than one return is the relevant return by virtue of paragraph (b) of the definition of “relevant return” in sub-paragraph (4) and the same day is not date B in relation to all of those returns, treat date B as being the latest of those days.
Date C—
applies where, on date A, it was not reasonable to expect HMRC to be aware that the person was required to make the return (or the returns), and
is the last day of the period of 12 months beginning with the first day on which it was reasonable to expect HMRC to be aware that the person was required to make the return (or one of the returns).
Sub-paragraph (8) applies where—
a person is liable to a penalty in respect of a failure to make a return because condition A in paragraph 15 is met,
that condition is only met because the person has the maximum number of penalty points for the group of returns to which the return belongs on being awarded after that failure a penalty point in respect of an earlier failure (or earlier failures), and
when the penalty point is awarded in respect of the earlier failure (or earlier failures) an assessment of the penalty to which the person is liable may no longer be made because of sub-paragraph (1).
Where this sub-paragraph applies—
sub-paragraph (1) does not apply, and
the assessment of the penalty may instead be made during the period of 12 months beginning with the first day on which it was reasonable to expect HMRC to be aware of the earlier failure (or one of the earlier failures).
Power to amend figures by regulations
The Commissioners for HMRC may by regulations—
amend paragraph 5(9) so as to increase or reduce the maximum number of penalty points for a group of returns;
amend paragraph 8(4) so as to increase or reduce the number of months;
amend paragraph 8(5) so as to increase or reduce the number of months;
amend paragraph 15(4) so as to increase or reduce the amount of the penalty.
Regulations under sub-paragraph (1)(a) may also amend column 3 of the table in paragraph 10.
Regulations under this paragraph—
are to be made by statutory instrument;
may include transitional, transitory and saving provision.
A statutory instrument containing regulations under this paragraph may not be made unless a draft of the instrument has been laid before, and approved by a resolution of, the House of Commons.
Supplementary provision
Reasonable excuse
Liability to a penalty point or a penalty under this Schedule does not arise in respect of a failure to make a return if the person satisfies HMRC (or on appeal, the tribunal) that the person had a reasonable excuse for the failure.
For this purpose—
an insufficiency of funds is not a reasonable excuse unless attributable to events outside the person's control,
where the person relies on another person to do anything, that is not a reasonable excuse unless the first person took reasonable care to avoid the failure, and
where the person had a reasonable excuse for the failure but the excuse has ceased, the person is to be treated as having continued to have the excuse if the failure is remedied without unreasonable delay after the excuse ceased.
In this paragraph “tribunal” means the First-tier Tribunal or Upper Tribunal (as appropriate by virtue of paragraph 23(1)).
Double jeopardy
A person is not liable to a penalty point or a penalty under this Schedule in respect of a failure in respect of which the person has been convicted of an offence.
Withdrawal of notice to make a return
This paragraph applies where—
a person is liable to a penalty point or a penalty under this Schedule in relation to a failure to make a return in paragraph (1) or (2) of group 1A or 1B, and
HMRC decide (on the request of the person or otherwise) to give the person a notice under section 8B of TMA 1970 withdrawing a notice under section 8 of that Act.
This paragraph also applies where—
the trustees of a settlement are, as a deemed single person (see paragraph 26), liable to a penalty point or a penalty under this Schedule in relation to a failure to make a return in paragraph (1) or (2) of group 2A or 2B, and
HMRC decide (on the request of a trustee of the settlement or otherwise) to give a trustee of the settlement a notice under section 8B of TMA 1970 withdrawing a notice under section 8A of that Act.
This paragraph also applies where—
the partners in a partnership are, as a deemed single person (see paragraph 25), liable to a penalty point or a penalty under this Schedule in relation to a failure to make a return in paragraph (1) or (2) of group 3A, and
HMRC decide, on a request by a partner in the partnership under section 12AAA of TMA 1970, to give a notice under that section withdrawing a notice under section 12AA of that Act.
The notice under section 8B or 12AAA of TMA 1970 may include provision cancelling liability to the penalty point or the penalty.
Appeals
A person may appeal against a decision of HMRC under this Schedule—
that the person is liable to a penalty point, or
that a penalty is payable by the person.
An appeal under paragraph 22 is to be treated in the same way as an appeal against an assessment to the tax concerned (including by the application of any provision about bringing the appeal by notice to HMRC, about HMRC's review of the decision or about determination of the appeal by the First-tier Tribunal or Upper Tribunal).
Sub-paragraph (1) does not apply—
so as to require the person to pay a penalty before an appeal against the assessment of the penalty is determined, or
in respect of any other matter expressly provided for by this Schedule.
On an appeal under paragraph 22 that is notified to the tribunal, the tribunal may—
where the appeal is under paragraph 22(a), affirm or cancel HMRC's decision that the person is liable to the penalty point;
where the appeal is under paragraph 22(b), affirm or cancel HMRC's decision that the penalty is payable by the person.
Where the appeal is under paragraph 22(b), the tribunal may also affirm or cancel HMRC's decision that the person was liable to any of the penalty points by virtue of which the person was liable to the penalty.
Sub-paragraph (2)—
applies in relation to a penalty point even if the time limit for appealing against it expired before the appeal under paragraph 22(b) was brought;
does not apply in relation to a penalty point if HMRC's decision that the person was liable to the penalty point was affirmed on an earlier appeal.
Sub-paragraph (5) applies if—
on an appeal under paragraph 22(b), the tribunal—
cancels a decision that a penalty is payable by a person, and
cancels a decision that the person was liable to a penalty point ... by virtue of which the person was liable to the penalty,
after the penalty point mentioned in paragraph (a)(ii) was given by HMRC and before the decision mentioned in that paragraph was cancelled, the person failed to make a return ... on or before the due date, and
at the time the failure occurred, the person already had the maximum number of penalty points for the group of returns to which that return belongs (see paragraph 5(8)).
HMRC may award a penalty point in respect of the failure before the end of the period of 12 months beginning with the day after the tribunal's decision on the appeal (and paragraph 6(3) does not apply).
In this paragraph “tribunal” means the First-tier Tribunal or Upper Tribunal (as appropriate by virtue of paragraph 23(1)).
Partnerships
For the purposes of this Schedule—
the partners in a partnership are together to be treated as if they were a single person (distinct from the persons who are partners in the partnership);
a failure by one or more partners in the partnership to make a return on or before the due date is to be treated as a failure by the deemed single person referred to in paragraph (a);
other things done by or in relation to a partner in the partnership are also to be treated as done by or in relation to that deemed single person.
The deemed single person referred to in paragraph (a) is to be treated as continuing in existence even if there is a change in the partnership.
Where the deemed single person referred to in paragraph (a) is assessed to a penalty, every relevant partner is jointly and severally liable for the penalty.
For the purposes of sub-paragraph (3)—
“relevant partner” means a person who is a partner in the partnership on the day on which the penalty is assessed;
a person is a relevant partner even if the person was not a partner in the partnership when liability was incurred to one or more of the penalty points by virtue of which liability to the penalty arose;
the relevant partners are jointly and severally liable for the penalty even if none of them were partners in the partnership when liability was incurred to the penalty points by virtue of which liability to the penalty arose.
Settlements
For the purposes of this Schedule—
the trustees of a settlement are together to be treated as if they were a single person (distinct from the persons who are trustees of the settlement);
a failure by one or more trustees of the settlement to make a return on or before the due date is to be treated as a failure by the deemed single person referred to in paragraph (a);
other things done by or in relation to a trustee of the settlement are also to be treated as done by or in relation to that deemed single person.
The deemed single person referred to in paragraph (a) is to be treated as continuing in existence even if there is a change in the trustees of the settlement.
Where the deemed single person referred to in paragraph (a) is assessed to a penalty, every relevant trustee is jointly and severally liable for the penalty.
For the purposes of sub-paragraph (3)—
“relevant trustee” means a person who is a trustee of the settlement on the day on which the penalty is assessed;
a person is a relevant trustee even if the person was not a trustee of the settlement when liability was incurred to one or more of the penalty points by virtue of which liability to the penalty arose;
the relevant trustees are jointly and severally liable for the penalty even if none of them were trustees of the settlement when liability was incurred to the penalty points by virtue of which liability to the penalty arose.
Penalties for deliberately withholding information
Introduction
Introduction
This Schedule provides for penalties to be payable by a person who, by failing to make a return listed in the third column of the Table below on or before the due date, deliberately withholds information which would enable or assist HMRC to assess the person's liability to tax.
Paragraph 20 provides for this Schedule to apply with modifications where the return relates to a partnership.
Return under section 8 of TMA 1970
Accounts, statement or document required under section 8(1)(b) of TMA 1970
Return under section 8A of TMA 1970
Accounts, statement or document required under section 8A(1)(b) of TMA 1970
Return under section 12AA(2)(a) or (3)(a) of TMA 1970
Accounts, statement or document required under section 12AA(2)(b) or (3)(b) of TMA 1970
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interpretation
This paragraph applies for the interpretation of this Schedule.
“Return” means any return, statement, account or other document specified in the third column of the Table in paragraph 1.
Any reference to making a return includes a reference to filing, delivering or submitting a return.
“Due date”, in relation to a return, means the date by which it is required to be made.
“HMRC” means Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs.
Liability to a penalty
Penalty for deliberately withholding information
A person who fails to make a return on or before the due date is liable to a penalty under this paragraph if (and only if) the condition in sub-paragraph (2) is met.
The condition is that at any time (including any time after the due date), by failing to make the return, the person deliberately withholds information which would enable or assist HMRC to assess the person's liability to tax.
If the withholding of the information is deliberate and concealed, the penalty is—
the relevant percentage of any liability to tax which would have been shown in the return in question, or
if the amount in paragraph (a) is less than £300, £300.
For the purposes of sub-paragraph (3)(a) the relevant percentage is—
for the withholding of category 1 information, 100%,
for the withholding of category 2 information, 150%, and
for the withholding of category 3 information, 200%.
If the withholding of the information is deliberate but not concealed, the penalty is—
the relevant percentage of any liability to tax which would have been shown in the return in question, or
if the amount in paragraph (a) is less than £300, £300.
For the purposes of sub-paragraph (5)(a) the relevant percentage is—
for the withholding of category 1 information, 70%,
for the withholding of category 2 information, 105%, and
for the withholding of category 3 information, 140%.
Paragraph 4 explains the categories of information.
The withholding of information by a person is—
deliberate and concealed, if the person deliberately withholds the information and makes arrangements to conceal the fact that the information has been withheld;
deliberate but not concealed, if the person deliberately withholds the information but does not make arrangements to conceal the fact that the information has been withheld.
See paragraphs 15 and 16 for further rules about liability to a penalty.
Categories of information
Information is category 1 information if—
it involves a domestic matter, or
it involves an offshore matter and the territory in question is a category 1 territory.
Information is category 2 information if—
it involves an offshore matter or an offshore transfer,
the territory in question is a category 2 territory, and
it is information which would enable or assist HMRC to assess the person's liability to the tax in question.
Information is category 3 information if—
it involves an offshore matter or an offshore transfer,
the territory in question is a category 3 territory, and
it is information which would enable or assist HMRC to assess the person's liability to the tax in question.
Information “involves an offshore matter” if the liability to tax which would have been shown in the return includes a liability to tax charged on or by reference to—
income arising from a source in a territory outside the UK,
assets situated or held in a territory outside the UK,
activities carried on wholly or mainly in a territory outside the UK, or
anything having effect as if it were income, assets or activities of a kind described above.
Information “involves an offshore transfer” if—
it does not involve an offshore matter,
it is information which would enable or assist HMRC to assess the person's liability to the tax in question,
by failing to make the return, the person deliberately withholds the information (whether or not the withholding of the information is also concealed), and
the applicable condition in paragraph 6 is satisfied.
Information “involves a domestic matter” if it does not involve an offshore matter or an offshore transfer.
If the information which the person withholds falls into more than one category—
the person's failure to make the return is to be treated for the purposes of this Schedule as if it were separate failures, one for each category of information according to the matters or transfers which the information involves, and
for each separate failure, the liability to tax which would have been shown in the return in question is taken to be such share of the liability to tax which would have been shown in the return mentioned in paragraph (a) as is just and reasonable.
For the purposes of this Schedule—
paragraph 21A of Schedule 24 to FA 2007 (classification of territories) has effect, but
an order under that paragraph does not apply to a failure if the due date is before the date on which the order comes into force.
In this paragraph and paragraph 6—
“assets” has the meaning given in section 21(1) of TCGA 1992, but also includes sterling;
“UK” means the United Kingdom, including the territorial sea of the United Kingdom.
Power to make changes relating to categories of information by regulations
The Treasury may by regulations amend this Part of this Schedule so as to—
add, amend or remove categories of information for the purposes of determining the amount of a penalty under paragraph 3;
amend the relevant percentage specified in that paragraph for the withholding of information in any category.
Regulations under this paragraph may include consequential provision, including provision amending, repealing or revoking any provision of an Act or subordinate legislation whenever passed or made (including this Act and any Act amended by it).
In sub-paragraph (2) “subordinate legislation” has the same meaning as in the Interpretation Act 1978.
Offshore transfers
This paragraph makes provision in relation to offshore transfers.
Where the liability to tax which would have been shown in the return is a liability to income tax, the applicable condition is satisfied if the income on or by reference to which the tax is charged, or any part of the income—
is received in a territory outside the UK, or
is transferred before the relevant date to a territory outside the UK.
Where the liability to tax which would have been shown in the return is a liability to capital gains tax, the applicable condition is satisfied if the proceeds of the disposal on or by reference to which the tax is charged, or any part of the proceeds—
are received in a territory outside the UK, or
are transferred before the relevant date to a territory outside the UK.
In the case of a transfer falling within sub-paragraph (2)(b) or (3)(b), references to the income or proceeds transferred are to be read as including references to any assets derived from or representing the income or proceeds.
In relation to an offshore transfer, the territory in question for the purposes of paragraph 4 is the highest category of territory by virtue of which the information involves an offshore transfer.
“Relevant date” means the date on which the person becomes liable to a penalty under this Schedule.
Reductions for disclosure
Paragraph 8 provides for reductions in the penalty under this Schedule where the person discloses information which has been withheld by a failure to make a return (“relevant information”).
A person discloses relevant information that involves a domestic matter by—
telling HMRC about it,
giving HMRC reasonable help in quantifying any tax unpaid by reason of its having been withheld, and
allowing HMRC access to records for the purpose of checking how much tax is so unpaid.
A person discloses relevant information that involves an offshore matter or an offshore transfer by—
telling HMRC about it,
giving HMRC reasonable help in quantifying any tax unpaid by reason of its having been withheld,
allowing HMRC access to records for the purpose of checking how much tax is so unpaid, and
providing HMRC with additional information.
The Treasury must make regulations setting out what is meant by “additional information” for the purposes of sub-paragraph (3)(d).
Disclosure of relevant information—
is “unprompted” if made at a time when the person has no reason to believe that HMRC have discovered or are about to discover the relevant information, and
otherwise, is “prompted”.
In relation to disclosure “quality” includes timing, nature and extent.
Paragraph 4(4) to (6) applies to determine whether relevant information involves an offshore matter, an offshore transfer or a domestic matter.
If a person who would otherwise be liable to a penalty of a percentage shown in column 1 of the Table in this paragraph (a “standard percentage”) has made a disclosure, HMRC must reduce the standard percentage to one that reflects the quality of the disclosure.
But the standard percentage may not be reduced to a percentage that is below the minimum shown for it—
in the case of a prompted disclosure, in column 2 of the Table, and
in the case of an unprompted disclosure, in column 3 of the Table.
But HMRC must not under this paragraph reduce a penalty below £300.
Special reduction
If HMRC think it right because of special circumstances, they may reduce a penalty under this Schedule.
In sub-paragraph (1) “special circumstances” does not include—
ability to pay, or
the fact that a potential loss of revenue from a taxpayer is balanced by a potential over-payment by a taxpayer.
In sub-paragraph (1) the reference to reducing a penalty includes a reference to—
staying a penalty, and
agreeing a compromise in relation to proceedings for a penalty.
Interaction with other penalties
This paragraph applies where—
a person is liable to a penalty under this Schedule in respect of a failure, and
the amount of the penalty is the amount in paragraph 3(3)(a) or 3(5)(a).
The amount of that penalty is to be reduced by the amount of any other penalty incurred by the person, the amount of which is determined by reference to the same liability to tax.
In sub-paragraph (2), the reference to “any other penalty” does not include—
a penalty under Schedule 26 (penalties for failure to pay tax),
a penalty under Schedule 56 to FA 2009 (penalty for late payment of tax), or
a penalty under Part 4 of FA 2014 (penalty where corrective action not taken after follower notice etc.).
Determination of penalty where no return made
For the purposes of a penalty under this Schedule references to a liability to tax which would have been shown in a return are references to the amount which, if a complete and accurate return had been delivered on the due date, would have been shown to be due or payable by the taxpayer in respect of the tax concerned for the period to which the return relates.
In the case of a penalty which is assessed at a time before the person makes the return to which the penalty relates, HMRC may either—
proceed on the assumption that the amount in paragraph 3(3)(a) is less than the amount in paragraph 3(3)(b), or the amount in paragraph 3(5)(a) is less than the amount in paragraph 3(5)(b), or
determine the amount mentioned in sub-paragraph (1) to the best of HMRC's information and belief.
If the person subsequently makes a return, the penalty must be re-assessed by reference to the amount of tax shown to be due and payable in that return (but subject to any amendments or corrections to the return).
Assessments
Where a person is liable to a penalty under this Schedule HMRC may assess the penalty.
Where HMRC assess a penalty they must—
notify the person, and
state in the notice the failure (or failures) for which the person is liable to a penalty.
A penalty under this Schedule must be paid before the end of the period of 30 days beginning with the day on which notification of the penalty is issued.
An assessment of a penalty under this Schedule—
is to be treated for procedural purposes in the same way as an assessment to tax (except in respect of a matter expressly provided for in this Schedule),
may be enforced as if it were an assessment to tax, and
may be combined with an assessment to tax.
Supplementary assessments
A supplementary assessment may be made in respect of a penalty under this Schedule if an earlier assessment—
is based on a liability to tax that would have been shown in a return, and that liability is found by HMRC to be an underestimate, or
is based on a liability to tax that is found by HMRC to be insufficient.
Sub-paragraph (3) applies if an assessment in respect of a penalty—
is based on a liability to tax that would have been shown in a return, and that liability is found by HMRC to be an overestimate, or
is based on a liability to tax that is found by HMRC to be excessive.
HMRC may by notice to the person amend the assessment so that it is based upon the correct amount.
An amendment under sub-paragraph (3)—
does not affect when the penalty must be paid;
may be made after the last day on which the assessment in question could have been made under paragraph 14.
Time limit for assessments
An assessment of a penalty under this Schedule may not be made after the later of Date A and (where it applies) Date B.
Date A is the end of the period of 2 years beginning with the due date.
Date B is the last day of the period of 12 months beginning with—
the end of the appeal period for the assessment of the liability to tax which would have been shown in the return, or
if there is no such assessment, the date on which that liability is ascertained or it is ascertained that the liability is nil.
In sub-paragraph (3)(a) “appeal period” means the period during which—
an appeal could be brought (ignoring any possibility of an appeal out of time), or
an appeal that has been brought has not been determined or withdrawn.
Sub-paragraph (1) does not apply to a re-assessment under paragraph 11(3).
A re-assessment under that paragraph must be made before the end of the period of 2 years beginning with the day on which the return is made.
Supplementary provision
Double jeopardy
A person is not liable to a penalty under this Schedule in respect of a failure or action in respect of which the person has been convicted of an offence.
Withdrawal of notice to make a return
This paragraph applies where—
a person is liable to a penalty under this Schedule in relation to a failure to make a return within item 1 or 2 in the Table in paragraph 1, and
HMRC decide (on the request of the person or otherwise) to give the person a notice under section 8B of TMA 1970 withdrawing a notice under section 8 or 8A of that Act.
This paragraph also applies where—
a person is liable to a penalty under this Schedule in relation to a failure to make a return within item 3 in the Table in paragraph 1, and
HMRC decide (on a request under section 12AAA of TMA 1970) to give a notice under that section withdrawing a notice under section 12AA of that Act.
The notice under section 8B or 12AAA of TMA 1970 may include provision under this paragraph cancelling liability to the penalty from the date specified in the notice.
Appeals
A person may appeal against a decision of HMRC that a penalty is payable by the person.
A person may appeal against a decision of HMRC as to the amount of a penalty payable by the person.
An appeal under paragraph 17 is to be treated in the same way as an appeal against an assessment to the tax concerned (including by the application of any provision about bringing the appeal by notice to HMRC, about HMRC's review of the decision or about determination of the appeal by the First-tier Tribunal or Upper Tribunal).
Sub-paragraph (1) does not apply—
so as to require the person to pay a penalty before an appeal against the assessment of the penalty is determined, or
in respect of any other matter expressly provided for by this Schedule.
On an appeal under paragraph 17(1) that is notified to the tribunal, the tribunal may affirm or cancel HMRC's decision that a penalty is payable by the person.
On an appeal under paragraph 17(2) that is notified to the tribunal, the tribunal may—
affirm HMRC's decision, or
substitute for HMRC's decision another decision that HMRC had power to make.
If the tribunal substitutes its decision for HMRC's decision in relation to a penalty under this Schedule, the tribunal may rely on paragraph 9—
to the same extent as HMRC (which may mean applying the same percentage reduction as HMRC to a different starting point), or
to a different extent, but only if the tribunal thinks that HMRC's decision in respect of the application of paragraph 9 was flawed.
In sub-paragraph (3)(b) “flawed” means flawed when considered in the light of the principles applicable in proceedings for judicial review.
In this paragraph “tribunal” means the First-tier Tribunal or Upper Tribunal (as appropriate by virtue of paragraph 18(1)).
Partnerships
This paragraph applies where—
the representative partner, or a successor of the representative partner, fails to make a return falling within item 3 in the Table in paragraph 1, or
the nominated partner fails to make a return falling within item 4 in that Table.
In determining whether the representative partner, a successor of the representative partner or the nominated partner (as the case may be) is liable to a penalty under paragraph 3, the condition in sub-paragraph (2) of that paragraph is to be read as if the reference to the person's liability to tax was a reference to the liability to tax of any relevant partner.
If a representative partner, a successor of a representative partner or a nominated partner is liable to a penalty under paragraph 3, every relevant partner is liable to a penalty under that paragraph.
The amount of the penalty to which the representative partner, a successor of the representative partner, the nominated partner or a relevant partner is liable is £300 (and accordingly paragraphs 3(3) to (8), 4 to 8, 10, 11 and 13 do not apply).
An appeal under paragraph 17 in connection with a penalty payable by virtue of this paragraph may be brought only by—
the representative partner or a successor of the representative partner, in a case within sub-paragraph (1)(a), or
the nominated partner, in a case within sub-paragraph (1)(b).
Where such an appeal is brought in connection with a penalty payable in respect of a failure, the appeal is to be treated as if it were an appeal in connection with every penalty payable in respect of that failure.
In this paragraph—“nominated partner” has the meaning given by paragraph 5(5) of Schedule A1 to TMA 1970;“relevant partner” means a person who was a partner in the partnership to which the return relates at any time during the period in respect of which the return was required;“representative partner” means a person who has been required by a notice served under or for the purposes of section 12AA(2) or (3) of TMA 1970 to deliver any return;“successor” has the meaning given by section 12AA(11) of TMA 1970.
Regulations: supplementary provision
Regulations under this Schedule are to be made by statutory instrument.
Regulations under this Schedule may include transitional, transitory and saving provision.
A statutory instrument containing regulations under this Schedule is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons.
Penalties for failure to pay tax
Introduction
Introduction
This Schedule makes provision for penalties to be payable by a person who, in relation to a tax dealt with by one of the following tables, fails to pay an amount specified in column 2 of the table (“the tax due”) on or before the date specified in column 3 of the table (“the specified date”).
The later of—the date by which the amount must be paid, and the date on which the amendment or correction is made
The later of—the date by which the amount must be paid, and the date on which the assessment or determination is made
In the table relating to value added tax,“annual accounting scheme instalment”means an amount payable to HMRC by virtue of regulation 50(2)(a) of the Value Added Tax Regulations 1995 (S.I. 1995/2518).
In this Schedule, “HMRC” means Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs.
Assessments and determinations in default of return
This paragraph applies for the interpretation of the tables in paragraph 1.
An assessment or determination by HMRC is made in default of a return if it is made where—
a person is required to make or deliver a return which falls within—
any group of returns in the Table in paragraph 2 of Schedule 24, or
any item in the Table in paragraph 1 of Schedule 55 to FA 2009,
that person fails to make or deliver the return on or before the date by which it is required to be made or delivered, and
if the return had been made or delivered as required, the return would have shown that an amount falling within the relevant table in paragraph 1 was due and payable.
An assessment or determination by HMRC is made otherwise than in default of a return if it is made otherwise than as described in sub-paragraph (2).
Liability to a penalty
No penalty if payment in full before end of 15 day period
No penalty is payable if—(but see paragraph 7).
the tax due is paid in full before the end of the 15 day period, or
the 15 day time to pay condition is met,
First penalty: tax remains due at end of 15 day period
A penalty is payable under this paragraph if—
the tax due is not paid in full before the end of the 15 day period, and
the 15 day time to pay condition is not met.
If the tax due is paid in full after the end of the 15 day period but before the end of the 30 day period, the amount of the penalty is amount A.
If the tax due is not paid in full before the end of the 30 day period, the amount of the penalty is—(but see paragraph 7).
if the 30 day time to pay condition is met, amount A, and
if the 30 day time to pay condition is not met, the total of amount A and amount B,
Amount A is 3% of so much of the tax due as is unpaid at the end of the 15 day period.
Amount B is 3% of so much of the tax due as is unpaid at the end of the 30 day period.
Meaning of “15 day time to pay condition” and “30 day time to pay condition”
The 15 day time to pay condition is met if a time to pay agreement is made (whether before or after the end of the 15 day period) as a result of proposals for paying the tax due made by the person before the end of the 15 day period.
The 30 day time to pay condition is met if a time to pay agreement is made (whether before or after the end of the 30 day period) as a result of proposals for paying the tax due made by the person after the end of the 15 day period, but before the end of the 30 day period.
First penalty: effect of breaking time to pay agreement
This paragraph applies where—
the 15 day time to pay condition or the 30 day time to pay condition is met, and
the person breaks the time to pay agreement by virtue of which the condition was met.
If HMRC give the person notice that a penalty is payable under paragraph 5, a penalty is payable under that paragraph as if the condition in question had never been met.
Second penalty: tax remains due at end of 30 day period
A penalty is payable under this paragraph if any amount of the tax due is unpaid at the end of the 30 day period.
The amount of the penalty is calculated by applying the penalty rate, during the further penalty period, to so much of the tax due as is from time to time unpaid.
The penalty rate is 10% per annum.
The further penalty period is the period—
beginning with the day after the last day of the 30 day period, and
ending with the day on which the tax due is paid in full.
But if a time to pay agreement has effect during the further penalty period, the further penalty period does not include the period—(but see paragraph 9).
beginning with the relevant day, and
ending with the day on which the tax due is paid in full,
The relevant day is the day on which the person makes the proposals to HMRC for paying the tax due, as a result of which the time to pay agreement is made.
Second penalty: effect of breaking time to pay agreement
This paragraph applies where—
a time to pay agreement has effect during the further penalty period, and
the person breaks the time to pay agreement.
If HMRC give the person notice that a penalty is payable under paragraph 8, a penalty is payable under that paragraph as if the time to pay agreement had never had effect.
Interpretation of Part 2
This paragraph gives the meaning of terms used in this Part of this Schedule.
The “15 day period”, in relation to tax due, is the period of 15 days beginning with the day after the specified date.
The “30 day period”, in relation to tax due, is the period of 30 days beginning with the day after the specified date.
A “time to pay agreement” is an agreement between HMRC and a person that payment of an amount of tax due (the “deferred amount”) may be deferred for a period (the “deferral period”).
A person breaks a time to pay agreement if—
the person fails to pay the deferred amount when the deferral period ends, or
the deferral is subject to the person complying with a condition (including a condition that part of the deferred amount be paid during the deferral period) and the person fails to comply with it.
If a time to pay agreement is varied at any time by a further agreement between the person and HMRC, references in this Schedule to the agreement include the agreement as varied.
Power to amend figures by regulations
The Commissioners for HMRC may by regulations amend this Part of this Schedule so as to—
change references to 15 days (or to another number of days resulting from the previous exercise of powers under this sub-paragraph) to references to a greater or lesser number of days;
change references to 30 days (or to another number of days resulting from the previous exercise of powers under this sub-paragraph) to references to a greater or lesser number of days;
increase or reduce the percentage specified in paragraph 5(4);
increase or reduce the percentage specified in paragraph 5(5);
increase or reduce the percentage specified in paragraph 8(3).
Supplementary provision
Reasonable excuse
Liability to a penalty under this Schedule does not arise in respect of a failure to make a payment if the person satisfies HMRC (or on appeal, the tribunal) that the person had a reasonable excuse for the failure.
For this purpose—
an insufficiency of funds is not a reasonable excuse unless attributable to events outside the person's control,
where the person relies on another person to do anything, that is not a reasonable excuse unless the first person took reasonable care to avoid the failure, and
where the person had a reasonable excuse for the failure but the excuse has ceased, the person is to be treated as having continued to have the excuse if the failure is remedied without unreasonable delay after the excuse ceased.
In this paragraph “tribunal” means the First-tier Tribunal or Upper Tribunal (as appropriate by virtue of paragraph 20(1)).
Special reduction
If HMRC think it right because of special circumstances, they may reduce a penalty under this Schedule.
In sub-paragraph (1) “special circumstances” does not include—
ability to pay, or
the fact that a potential loss of revenue from a taxpayer is balanced by a potential over-payment by a taxpayer.
In sub-paragraph (1) the reference to reducing a penalty includes a reference to—
staying a penalty, and
agreeing a compromise in relation to proceedings for a penalty.
Double jeopardy
A person is not liable to a penalty under this Schedule in respect of a failure in respect of which the person has been convicted of an offence.
Interaction with other penalties
In the application of the following provisions, no account is to be taken of a penalty under this Schedule—
section 97A of TMA 1970 (multiple penalties),
paragraph 12(2) of Schedule 24 to FA 2007 (interaction with other penalties), and
paragraph 15(1) of Schedule 41 to FA 2008 (interaction with other penalties).
Assessments
Where a person is liable to a penalty under this Schedule HMRC may assess the penalty.
HMRC may by regulations make provision for HMRC to assess a penalty under paragraph 8 at times or intervals before the end of the further penalty period.
Where HMRC assess a penalty they must notify the person and state in the notice—
the failure to pay the tax due, for which the person is liable to the penalty,
the amount of the penalty, and
how that amount has been calculated (including , where the penalty is assessed under paragraph 8, the period by reference to which the penalty has been calculated).
A penalty under this Schedule must be paid before the end of the period of 30 days beginning with the day on which notification of the penalty is issued.
An assessment of a penalty under this Schedule—
is to be treated for procedural purposes in the same way as an assessment to tax (except in respect of a matter expressly provided for in this Schedule),
may be enforced as if it were an assessment to tax, and
may be combined with an assessment to tax.
A supplementary assessment may be made in respect of a penalty if an earlier assessment is based on an amount of tax due and payable that is found by HMRC to be an underestimate or insufficient.
If an assessment in respect of a penalty is based on an amount of tax due or payable that is found by HMRC to be excessive, HMRC may by notice amend the assessment so that it is based upon the correct amount.
An amendment under sub-paragraph (2)—
does not affect when the penalty must be paid;
may be made after the last day on which the assessment in question could have been made under paragraph 18.
This paragraph applies where HMRC has assessed a penalty for which a person is liable under this Schedule in respect of a failure to pay the tax due.
HMRC may withdraw the assessment by notice to the person.
The withdrawn assessment ceases to have effect (and is to be taken as never having had any effect).
But the withdrawal of the assessment does not prevent HMRC from subsequently assessing a penalty for the failure mentioned in sub-paragraph (1).
Time limit for assessments
An assessment of a penalty under this Schedule in respect of any amount must be made on or before the later of date A and (where it applies) date B.
Date A is the last day of the period of 2 years beginning with the date specified in or for the purposes of column 3 of the relevant table in paragraph 1 ....
Date B is the last day of the period of 12 months beginning with—
the end of the appeal period for the assessment of the amount of tax in respect of which the penalty is assessed, or
if there is no such assessment, the date on which that amount of tax is ascertained.
In sub-paragraph (3)(a) “appeal period” means the period during which—
an appeal could be brought (ignoring any possibility of an appeal out of time), or
an appeal that has been brought has not been determined or withdrawn.
Appeals
A person may appeal against a decision of HMRC that the person is liable to a penalty under this Schedule.
A person liable to a penalty under this Schedule may appeal against a decision of HMRC as to the amount of the penalty.
An appeal under paragraph 19 is to be treated in the same way as an appeal against an assessment to the tax concerned (including by the application of any provision about bringing the appeal by notice to HMRC, about HMRC's review of the decision or about determination of the appeal by the First-tier Tribunal or Upper Tribunal).
Sub-paragraph (1) does not apply—
so as to require the person to pay a penalty before an appeal against the assessment of the penalty is determined, or
in respect of any other matter expressly provided for by this Schedule.
On an appeal under paragraph 19(1) that is notified to the tribunal, the tribunal may affirm or cancel HMRC's decision.
On an appeal under paragraph 19(2) that is notified to the tribunal, the tribunal may—
affirm HMRC's decision, or
substitute for HMRC's decision another decision that HMRC had power to make.
If the tribunal substitutes its decision for HMRC's decision in relation to a penalty under this Schedule, the tribunal may rely on paragraph 13—
to the same extent as HMRC (which may mean applying the same percentage reduction as HMRC to a different starting point), or
to a different extent, but only if the tribunal thinks that HMRC's decision in respect of the application of paragraph 13 was flawed.
In sub-paragraph (3)(b) “flawed” means flawed when considered in the light of the principles applicable in proceedings for judicial review.
In this paragraph “tribunal” means the First-tier Tribunal or Upper Tribunal (as appropriate by virtue of paragraph 20(1)).
Regulations: supplementary provision
Regulations under this Schedule are to be made by statutory instrument.
A statutory instrument containing regulations under paragraph 11 (powers to amend Part 2) may not be made unless a draft of the instrument has been laid before, and approved by a resolution of, the House of Commons.
A statutory instrument containing regulations under paragraph 16 (assessments) is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons.
Regulations under this Schedule may include transitional, transitory and saving provision.
Schedules 24 to 26: consequential provision
Taxes Management Act 1970
TMA 1970 is amended as follows.
For section 8B(8) (withdrawal of notice to file personal or trustee return) substitute—
For section 12AAA(9) (withdrawal of notice to file partnership return) substitute—
In section 49E (nature of review etc), after subsection (5) insert—
After section 49E insert—
After section 49F insert—
In section 69 (recovery of penalty or interest), in subsection (1)—
after paragraph (a) insert—;
omit paragraph (b).
omit the “or” at the end of paragraph (k);
after paragraph (l) insert—
Section 107A (relevant trustees) is amended as follows.
In subsection (2)—
in paragraph (c)—
after “Schedule 56 to the Finance Act 2009” insert “ or Schedule 26 to the Finance Act 2021 ”;
for “that Act” substitute “ the Finance Act 2009 ”.
In subsection (3)—
omit paragraph (a);
in paragraph (c)—
in sub-paragraph (i), for “1, 3C, 12, 18 or 19” substitute “ 3C ”;
omit sub-paragraph (ii) (but not the “or” at the end of that sub-paragraph);
in sub-paragraph (iii), omit “or (ii)”;
after paragraph (d) insert—.
Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988
In section 824 of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 (repayment supplements: individuals and others), in subsection (1)—
omit paragraph (c);
in paragraph (d), for “that Act” substitute “ the Finance Act 2009 or Schedules 24 to 26 to the Finance Act 2021. ”
Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992
The Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 is amended as follows.
In section 11A (application of certain provisions of the Income Tax Acts in relation to Class 2 contributions under section 11(2)), after subsection (1)(ea) insert—.
In section 16(1) (application of Income Tax Acts and destination of Class 4 contributions), at the end of paragraph (e) insert.
Social Security Contributions and Benefits (Northern Ireland) Act 1992
In section 11A of the Social Security Contributions and Benefits (Northern Ireland) Act 1992 (application of certain provisions of the Income Tax Acts in relation to Class 2 contributions under section 11(2)), after subsection (1)(ea) insert—.
Value Added Tax Act 1994
VATA 1994 is amended as follows.
In the italic heading before section 59, omit “Default surcharge and other”.
Omit sections 59 to 59B (default surcharge).
Section 69 (breaches of regulatory provisions) is amended as follows.
In subsection (9)—
omit paragraph (b) and the “or” at the end of that paragraph;
after paragraph (c) insert.
Section 76 (assessment of amounts due by way of penalty, interest or surcharge) is amended as follows.
In the heading, for “penalty, interest or surcharge” substitute “ penalty or interest ”.
In subsection (1)—
omit paragraph (a) and the “or” at the end of that paragraph;
in the words after paragraph (d), for “penalty, interest or surcharge” substitute “ penalty or interest ”.
In subsection (3)—
in the words before paragraph (a), for “penalties, interest and surcharge” substitute “ penalties and interest ”;
omit paragraph (a).
In subsection (4), for “penalty, interest or surcharge”, in both places, substitute “ penalty or interest ”.
In subsection (5), for “penalty, interest or surcharge”, in both places, substitute “ penalty or interest ”.
In section 77 (assessments: time limits and supplementary assessments), in subsections (2), (3) and (5), for “penalty, interest or surcharge” substitute “ penalty or interest ”.
In section 81 (interest given by way of credit and set-off of credits), in subsections (3)(b) and (3A)(c), for “penalty, interest or surcharge” substitute “ penalty or interest ”.
In section 83 (appeals), in subsection (1)—
in paragraph (n)—
omit “or surcharge”;
for “59” substitute “ 60 ”;
in paragraph (q), for “penalty, interest or surcharge” substitute “ penalty or interest ”.
In section 83F (nature of review etc), after subsection (5) insert—
After section 83F insert—
After section 83FA (inserted by paragraph 25) insert—
In section 84 (further provisions relating to appeals), in subsection (6)—
for “penalty, interest or surcharge” substitute “ penalty or interest ”;
for “59” substitute “ 60 ”.
In Schedule 13 (transitional provisions and savings), omit paragraph 14.
Income Tax (Trading and Other Income) Act 2005
ITTOIA 2005 is amended as follows.
In the italic heading before section 54, for “, interest and VAT surcharges” substitute “ and interest ”.
In section 54 (penalties, interest and VAT surcharges)—
in the heading, for “, interest and VAT surcharges” substitute “ and interest ”;
omit subsection (3).
In section 272 (application of trading income rules: GAAP), in the table in subsection (2), in the entry for section 54, in the second column, for “, interest and VAT surcharges” substitute “ and interest ”.
In section 272ZA (application of trading income rules: cash basis), in the table in subsection (1), in the entry for section 54, in the second column, for “, interest and VAT surcharges” substitute “ and interest ”.
In the italic heading before section 869, for “, interest and VAT surcharges” substitute “ and interest ”.
In section 869 (penalties, interest and VAT surcharges: non trades etc)—
in the heading, for “, interest and VAT surcharges” substitute “ and interest ”;
omit subsection (5).
Corporation Tax Act 2009
In section 1303 of CTA 2009 (penalties, interest and VAT surcharges)—
in the heading, for “, interest and VAT surcharges” substitute “ and interest ”;
omit subsection (3).
Finance Act 2009
FA 2009 is amended as follows.
In section 108 (suspension of penalties during currency of agreement for deferred payment), in subsection (5), in the Table, omit the entry for value added tax.
Schedule 55 (penalty for failure to make returns etc) is amended as follows.
In paragraph 1—
in sub-paragraph (4), in the definition of “penalty date”, for “1 to 3” substitute “ 2A ”;
in the Table, omit items 1, 2 and 3.
In paragraph 2 (as substituted by paragraph 3 of Schedule 10 to F(No.3)A 2010), in sub-paragraph (1)(a), for “1 to 5” substitute “ 2A, 4, 4A, 5 ”.
Omit paragraphs 17A and 17B (cancellation of penalty) and the italic heading before those paragraphs.
Omit paragraph 25 (partnerships) and the italic heading before that paragraph.
Until the coming into force of paragraph 3 of Schedule 10 to F(No.3)A 2010, paragraph 2 of Schedule 55 to FA 2009 has effect as if for “1 to 3” there were substituted “ 2A ”.
Schedule 56 (penalty for failure to make payments on time) is amended as follows.
In paragraph 1, in the Table—
omit items 1, 3, 3A, 12, 18 and 19;
omit items 6A and 6B (inserted by paragraph 2(7) of Schedule 11 to F(No.3)A 2010);
omit item 13A (inserted by paragraph 2(9) of Schedule 11 to F(No.3)A 2010);
in item 17—
in column 2, for “1” substitute “ 2, 3B ”;
in column 3, for “12” substitute “ 13 ”;
in item 23—
in column 2, for “1 to 6A” (as substituted by paragraph 2(13)(a) of Schedule 11 to F(No.3)A 2010) substitute “2, 3B to 6”;
in column 3—
omit the words in brackets;
for “1 to 6A” (as substituted by paragraph 2(13)(a) of Schedule 11 to F(No.3)A 2010) substitute “2, 3B to 6”;
in item 24—
in column 2, for “1 to 6A” (as substituted by paragraph 2(14)(a) of Schedule 11 to F(No.3)A 2010) substitute “2, 3B to 6”;
in column 3 omit the words in brackets.
In paragraph 2(c), for “1” substitute “ 2 and 3B ”.
In paragraph 3—
in sub-paragraph (1)(a)—
omit “1, 3,”;
omit “6B,” (as substituted by paragraph 5(3) of Schedule 11 to F(No.3)A 2010);
for “12” (as substituted by paragraph 5(3) of Schedule 11 to F(No.3)A 2010) substitute “13”;
in sub-paragraph (1)(b) omit “6A,” (as substituted by paragraph 5(4)(a) of Schedule 11 to F(No.3)A 2010);
omit sub-paragraphs (1)(d) and (1A) (as inserted by paragraph 5(5) and (6) of Schedule 11 to F(No.3)A 2010).
In paragraph 8A (inserted by paragraph 7 of Schedule 11 to F(No.3)A 2010)—
in sub-paragraph (1), omit “6A,”;
omit sub-paragraphs (2) and (3).
In paragraph 8F (inserted by paragraph 7 of Schedule 11 to F(No.3)A 2010)—
in sub-paragraph (1) omit “6A,”;
omit sub-paragraph (2).
Omit paragraph 8K and the italic heading before that paragraph and omit paragraph 8 of Schedule 11 to F(No.3)A 2010 that inserted them.
Until the coming into force of paragraph 2(13)(a) of Schedule 11 to F(No.3)A 2010, item 23 in the Table in paragraph 1 of Schedule 56 to FA 2009 has effect as if, in columns 2 and 3, for “1” there were substituted “ 2, 3B ”.
Until the coming into force of paragraph 2(14)(a) of Schedule 11 to F(No.3)A 2010, item 24 in the Table in paragraph 1 of Schedule 56 to FA 2009 has effect as if, in column 2, for “1” there were substituted “ 2, 3B ”.
Finance Act 2012
In Schedule 38 to FA 2012 (tax agents: dishonest conduct), in paragraph 34(1)—
omit the “or” at the end of paragraph (b);
at the end of paragraph (c), insert
Finance Act 2013
In Schedule 43C to FA 2013 (penalty under section 212A: supplementary provision), in paragraph 8—
in sub-paragraph (3)(b), after “Schedule 55 to FA 2009” insert “ , or sub-paragraph (3)(b) or (5)(b) of paragraph 3 or paragraph 20(4) of Schedule 25 to FA 2021 ”;
in sub-paragraph (5)—
omit the “or” at the end of paragraph (c);
at the end of paragraph (d) insert;
in sub-paragraph (6)—
in paragraph (a)—
omit the “or” at the end of sub-paragraph (ii);
at the end of sub-paragraph (iii) insert;
in paragraph (b)—
omit the “or” at the end of sub-paragraph (ii);
at the end of sub-paragraph (iii) insert;
in paragraph (c)—
omit the “or” at the end of sub-paragraph (ii);
at the end of sub-paragraph (iii) insert;
in paragraph (d)—
omit the “or” at the end of sub-paragraph (ii);
at the end of sub-paragraph (iii), for “and” substitute.
Finance Act 2014
In section 212 of FA 2014 (aggregate penalties)—
in subsection (2)(b), after “Schedule 55 to FA 2009” insert “ or paragraph 3(3)(b) or (5)(b) or 20(4) of Schedule 25 to FA 2021 ”;
in subsection (4)—
omit the “or” at the end of paragraph (d);
at the end of paragraph (e) insert;
in subsection (5)—
omit the “or” at the end of paragraph (a)(ii);
at the end of paragraph (a)(iii) insert;
omit the “or” at the end of paragraph (b)(ii);
at the end of paragraph (b)(iii) insert;
at the end of paragraph (c)(iii) insert;
in paragraph (d)(iii), for “and” substitute.
Finance Act 2015
Schedule 21 to FA 2015 (penalties in connection with offshore asset moves) is amended as follows.
In paragraph 1(2), at the beginning of paragraph (b) insert “ where the original penalty is a penalty specified in paragraph (a), (b), (c) or (d) of paragraph 2, ”.
In paragraph 2—
omit the “and” at the end of paragraph (c);
at the end of paragraph (d) insert
In paragraph 5—
in sub-paragraph (4), in the words before paragraph (a)—
after “original penalty is” insert “ a penalty under paragraph 6 of Schedule 55 to FA 2009 ”;
for “Schedule 55 to FA 2009” substitute “ that Schedule ”;
after sub-paragraph (5) insert—
Finance Act 2016
FA 2016 is amended as follows.
In section 167 (simple assessments), omit subsections (3) and (4).
Schedule 20 (penalties for enablers of offshore tax evasion or non-compliance) is amended as follows.
In paragraph 1(4), after paragraph (d) insert—
In paragraph 3(3)—
omit the “or” at the end of paragraph (b);
at the end of paragraph (c) insert;
in the words after paragraph (d) (as inserted above), for “or paragraph 6 of Schedule 55” substitute “ , paragraph 6 of Schedule 55 or paragraph 3 of Schedule 25 ”.
In paragraph 4(3)(b), after “Schedule 55 to FA 2009” insert “ or paragraph 3 of Schedule 25 to FA 2021 ”.
In paragraph 5, after sub-paragraph (4) insert—
Schedule 22 (asset-based penalty for offshore inaccuracies and failures) is amended as follows.
In paragraph 2—
in sub-paragraph (1), for “or (4A)” substitute “ , (4A) or (4B) ”;
in sub-paragraph (4A), in the words before paragraph (a), for “paragraph” substitute “ sub-paragraph ”;
after sub-paragraph (4A), insert—
After paragraph 3(4), insert—
In paragraph 5—
in sub-paragraph (1)(b), after “Schedule 55 to FA 2009” insert “ or Schedule 25 to FA 2021 ”;
in sub-paragraph (2)(a), for “or paragraph 6 of Schedule 55 to FA 2009” substitute “ , paragraph 6 of Schedule 55 to FA 2009 or paragraph 3 of Schedule 25 to FA 2021 ”.
In Schedule 23 (simple assessments), omit paragraph 9.
Finance Act 2017
In Schedule 4 to FA 2017 (pensions: offshore transfers), omit paragraph 20.
Finance (No. 2) Act 2017
Follower notice penalties
Amendment of Chapter 2 of Part 4 of FA 2014
Chapter 2 of Part 4 of FA 2014 (follower notices) is amended as follows.
Additional penalty for unreasonable tax appeal
After section 208 (penalty if corrective action not taken in response to follower notice) insert—
Amount of a section 208 or 208A penalty
Section 209 (amount of a section 208 penalty) is amended as follows.
In the heading, after “208” insert “ or 208A ”.
In subsection (1), for “50%” substitute “ 30% ”.
After subsection (1) insert—
In subsection (3)—
in the words before paragraph (a), for “specified time” substitute “ relevant time ”;
in the words after paragraph (b), after “(1)” insert “ , (1A) ”.
After subsection (3) insert—
Assessment of a section 208A penalty
After section 211 (assessment of a section 208 penalty) insert—
Aggregate penalties
Section 212 (aggregate penalties) is amended as follows.
In subsection (2), after “(1)(b) and (c)” insert “ and any penalty under section 208A that is additional to the penalty mentioned in subsection (1)(b) ”.
In subsection (3), after “208” insert “ or 208A ”.
Alteration of assessment of a section 208 or 208A penalty
Section 213 (alteration of assessment of a section 208 penalty) is amended as follows.
In the heading, after “208” insert “ or 208A ”.
In subsection (1), after “211(2)” insert “ or 211A(1) ”.
Cancellation of a section 208A penalty
In section 214 (appeal against a section 208 penalty), after subsection (8) insert—
Appeal against a section 208A penalty
After section 214 insert—
Amendments consequential on Part 1
FA 2014
FA 2014 is amended as follows.
In the heading of Schedule 30 (section 208 penalty: value of the denied advantage), after “208” insert “ or 208A ”.
In Schedule 31 (follower notices and partnerships), after paragraph 4 insert—
In Schedule 31, paragraph 5 is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (2)—
in paragraph (a), for “20%” substitute “ 12% ”;
after paragraph (a), insert—;
in paragraph (b), after “the penalty” insert “ under section 208(2) or 208A(3) (as modified by this paragraph) ”.
In sub-paragraph (5), after “penalties” insert “ under section 208(2) (as modified by this paragraph) ”.
In sub-paragraph (6), after “paragraph 4(2)” insert “ or 4A ”.
In sub-paragraph (7)(a), after “penalties” insert “ under section 208(2) ”.
After sub-paragraph (9), insert—
In sub-paragraph (11), after “(2)(a)” insert “ and (aa) ”.
National Insurance Contributions Act 2015
In Schedule 2 to the National Insurance Contributions Act 2015, paragraph 20 (recovery of penalties under Part 4 of FA 2014) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (1), after “208” insert “ , 208A ”.
In sub-paragraph (3), after “208” insert “ or 208A ”.
Amendment of Schedule 20 to FA 2015
In Schedule 20 to FA 2015 (penalties in connection with offshore matters and offshore transfers), after paragraph 20 insert—
Commencement
The amendments made by Parts 1 and 2 of this Schedule have effect where a penalty under section 208 of FA 2014 is assessed, under section 211 of that Act, on or after the day on which this Schedule comes into force.
The reference in section 120(2) of FA 2015 (commencement) to Schedule 20 to that Act is to be read as a reference to Schedule 20 as amended by Part 3 of this Schedule.
Late payment interest and repayment interest: VAT
FA 2009 is amended as follows.
In section 102(4) (repayment interest on sums to be paid by HMRC)—
omit the “and” at the end of paragraph (a);
after paragraph (a) insert—.
Schedule 54 (repayment interest) is amended as follows.
In Part 2, after paragraph 12B insert—
After Part 2 insert—
Schedule 54A (further provision as to late payment interest and repayment interest) is amended as follows.
After the Schedule heading insert— “ PART 1 CORPORATION TAX ”(so that the existing text of the Schedule becomes Part 1 of the Schedule).
At the end of the Schedule insert—
Amendments of Part 5 of FA 2014
Stop notices and information & inspection powers
After section 236 (of FA 2014) insert—
Section 245 (withdrawal of monitoring notice) is amended as follows.
In subsection (5)(c), after “Part” insert “ (including any obligations connected with any stop notice the person is subject to) ”.
After subsection (8) insert—
Omit section 262 (information required for monitoring compliance with conduct notice).
After section 272 insert—
Section 273 (confidentiality) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1) before paragraph (a) insert—.
In subsection (2)—
in the words before paragraph (a)—
after “client”” insert “ , in relation to a person mentioned in paragraph (za), (zb), (a) or (b) of subsection (1), ”;
for “monitored promoter mentioned in subsection (1)(a) or (b)” substitute “ person so mentioned ”;
in paragraphs (a) and (b), for “a relevant”, in both places it occurs, substitute “ an applicable ”;
in paragraph (c), for “relevant” substitute “ applicable ”.
In subsection (3)—
for “a relevant” substitute “ an applicable ”;
for “monitored promoter mentioned in subsection (1)(a) or (b)” substitute “ person mentioned in paragraphs (za), (zb), (a) or (b) of subsection (1) ”.
In subsection (4), for “relevant”, in each place it occurs, substitute “ applicable ”.
After that subsection insert—
In section 283 (interpretation of Part 5), in subsection (1), at the appropriate place insert—.
In Schedule 34 (threshold conditions)—
for the italic heading before paragraph 12 substitute “ Stop notices ”;
for that paragraph substitute—
Schedule 35 (penalties) is amended as follows.
In paragraph 1—
before paragraph (a) insert—;
omit paragraph (g);
after paragraph (h) insert—
In paragraph 2—
in sub-paragraph (1)—
the words from “fails” to the end become paragraph (a);
in that paragraph, for “provision” substitute “ duty ”;
after that paragraph insert;
in that sub-paragraph, in the Table, before the first entry insert—;
in that Table, at the end insert—;
in that Table—
in the heading of the first column, after “Provision” insert “ or duty ”;
omit the entry relating to section 262 (duty to provide information required to monitor compliance with conduct notice);
after sub-paragraph (1) insert—;
in sub-paragraph (2), after “section” insert “ 236B(3), (4) or (5), 236J(1), ”;
after sub-paragraph (2) insert—;
after sub-paragraph (3) insert—;
in sub-paragraph (4)—
in paragraph (a)—
for “to comply with section 255 or 257” substitute “ relating to any arrangements or proposal promoted by a person ”;
for the words from “monitored proposal, arrangements” to the end substitute “ those arrangements or that proposal ”;
in paragraph (b)—
for the words from “the case” to “(5)” substitute “ such a case ”;
omit “by the person”;
omit “monitored” in both places;
after “proposal” insert “ (including, where the person liable to the penalty is the promoter of those arrangements or that proposal, any advantage that was gained or sought to be gained by the persons to whom the arrangements or proposal were promoted) ”;
after sub-paragraph (4) insert—
In paragraph 3, in sub-paragraph (1), after “information duty” insert “ , other than a duty arising under section 236C(1), ”.
In paragraph 4—
in sub-paragraph (1)(a), after “information duty” insert “ or a requirement to provide evidence under section 236D(2)(d) or 236F(3)(c) ”;
in sub-paragraph (8)—
in paragraph (a), after “258” insert “, or under Schedule 36 to FA 2008 as it has effect as a result of section 272A in a case where the person required to provide the information or produce the document was at the time subject to a monitoring notice;
in paragraph (c)—
after “section” insert “ 236C(1), 236D(2)(d), 236F(3)(c), ”;
omit “, 262”;
after “263” insert “ or under Schedule 36 to FA 2008 as it has effect as a result of section 272A in a case not falling within paragraph (a) ”;.
In paragraph 6(1) in sub-paragraph (1) for “, 257 or 262” substitute “ or 257 or under Schedule 36 of FA 2008 as it has effect as a result of section 272A ”.
In paragraph 7—
in sub-paragraph (1), for “255, 257 or 262” substitute “ section 255 or 257, or under Schedule 36 of FA 2008 as it has effect as a result of section 272A, ”;
in sub-paragraph (2), in paragraph (b), for “255, 257 or 262” substitute “ section 255 or 257, or under Schedule 36 of FA 2008 as it has effect as a result of section 272A, ”.
In paragraph 10, in paragraph (b)—
the words from “a penalty under paragraph 3” to the end become sub-paragraph (i);
after that sub-paragraph insert—
Promotion structures
In section 235 (carrying on a business “as a promoter”), after subsection (1) insert—
After Schedule 33 insert—
In section 237 (duty to give conduct notice), after subsection (8) insert—
In section 237A (duty to give conduct notice: defeat of promoted arrangement) after subsection (3B) (as inserted by paragraph 22(2) of this Schedule) insert—
In section 250 (allocation of promoter reference number), in subsection (2)—
omit the “and” at the end of paragraph (a);
after that paragraph insert—.
Section 251 (duty of monitored promoter to notify clients and intermediaries of number) is amended as follows.
In the heading for “and intermediaries” substitute “ etc ”.
In subsection (2)—
omit the “and” at the end of paragraph (c);
after that paragraph insert—.
Section 252 (duty of those notified to notify others of promoter‘s number) is amended as follows.
After subsection (4) insert—
In subsection (5), for “Subsection (2) or (4) does not” substitute “ None of subsections (2), (4) or (4A) ”.
In section 258 (duty of person dealing with non-resident monitored promoter), in subsection (3)—
omit the “and” at the end of paragraph (a);
after that paragraph insert—.
Section 260 (intermediaries: duty to provide information about clients) is amended as follows.
In the heading, after “Intermediaries” insert “ etc ”.
In subsection (1)—
the words from “a person” to the end become paragraph (a);
at the end of that paragraph insert
In subsection (3)(a) for “the intermediary” substitute “ the person to whom the notice is given ”.
In subsection (5)—
in the words before paragraph (a), for “the intermediary” substitute “ the person to whom the notice under subsection (1) is given (“R”) ”;
in paragraph (a), for “the intermediary” substitute “ R ”.
In subsection (6) for “the intermediary”, in each place it occurs, substitute “ R ”.
In section 283 (interpretation)—
in subsection (1), at the appropriate place insert—;
after subsection (3) insert—
In Schedule 34 (threshold conditions) in paragraph 13B, in sub-paragraph (5), after “individual” insert “ who does not fall within the case described in paragraph 4 or 5 of Schedule 33A ”.
Conduct and monitoring notices: transferees
Conduct notices: transferees
After section 239 insert—
The amendment made by this paragraph has effect in relation to relevant transfers made on or after the day on which this Act is passed.
Monitoring notices: transferees
After section 244 insert—
In section 248 (publication by HMRC), in subsection (2)(c), for “mentioned in section 242(1)(a)” substitute “ as a promoter which the monitored promoter is carrying on ”.
The amendments made by this paragraph have effect in relation to relevant transfers made on or after the day on which this Act is passed.
Miscellaneous amendments
Conduct notices: significance of conditions
In section 237 (duty to give conduct notices)—
in subsection (5), in paragraph (b)—
omit sub-paragraph (i) (and the “and” after it);
in sub-paragraph (ii), for “(or conditions)” substitute “ (or, if more than one condition is met, the meeting of all of those conditions, taken together) ”;
after that subsection insert—;
in subsection (7A)—
in the words before paragraph (a) omit “both”;
omit paragraph (a) (and the “and” after it).
In section 237A (duty to give conduct notices: defeat of promoted arrangements)—
in subsection (3) omit paragraph (a) (and the “and” after it);
after that subsection insert—;
in subsection (9) omit paragraph (a) (and the “and” after it).
Conduct notices: regular provision of information
In section 238 (content of conduct notices), in subsection (3), at the end insert—
Conduct notices: withdrawal
Section 240 (amendment or withdrawal of conduct notice) is amended as follows.
In the heading, for “or withdrawal” substitute “ , withdrawal or reissue ”.
In subsection (3), omit paragraph (b) (and the “and” before it).
After subsection (3) insert—
Conduct notices: duration
In section 241 (duration of conduct notice)—
in subsection (2)—
in paragraph (a), for “the period of two years” substitute “ the relevant period ”;
omit the “or” at the end of paragraph (a);
omit paragraph (b);
after subsection (2) insert—;
after subsection (4) insert—
Defeat notices
In section 241A (defeat notices), in subsection (4), for “come to the attention of HMRC” substitute “ first come to the attention of an authorised officer ”.
Monitoring notices: applications to tribunal
In section 242 (monitoring notices: duty to apply to tribunal), in subsection (1)—
in paragraph (b)—
the words from “has failed” to the end become sub-paragraph (i);
at the end of that sub-paragraph insert;
in the words after paragraph (b), after “the authorised officer must” insert “ , within the period of 12 months beginning with the day on which the authorised officer makes the determination, ”.
After subsection (1) insert—
The amendments made by this paragraph have effect in relation to—
conduct notices that cease to have effect on or after the day on which this Act is passed, and
relevant transfers made on or after that day.
Threshold conditions
Schedule 34 (threshold conditions) is amended as follows.
Paragraph 5 (non-compliance with Part 7 of FA 2004) is amended in accordance with sub-paragraphs (2) to (7).
In the heading, for “Part 7 of FA 2004” substitute “ avoidance disclosure requirements ”.
Before sub-paragraph (1) insert—
In sub-paragraph (1)—
for the words before paragraph (a) substitute “ The provisions of Part 7 of FA 2004 are— ”;
after paragraph (c) insert—;
after paragraph (d) insert—
After sub-paragraph (1) insert—
In sub-paragraph (2)—
for “sub-paragraph (1)” substitute “ sub-paragraphs (1) and (1A) ”;
for “that sub-paragraph” substitute “ any of those sub-paragraphs ”.
In sub-paragraph (4), after “TMA 1970” insert “ or paragraph 48 of Schedule 17 to F(No.2)A 2017 ”.
In paragraph 7—
before the existing text, insert—;
the existing text becomes sub-paragraph (2);
in that sub-paragraph (2), for “A person meets this condition if” substitute “ This sub-paragraph applies in respect of a person if ”;
after that sub-paragraph, insert—
In paragraph 10 (exercise of information powers)—
in sub-paragraph (1), for the words from “an information notice” to the end substitute
in sub-paragraph (2), after “notice” insert “ or order ”.
Disclosure of tax avoidance schemes
Amendments of Part 7 of FA 2004
Part 7 of FA 2004 (disclosure of tax avoidance schemes) is amended as follows.
Before section 306 insert—
In section 307(4A) (meaning of “makes a firm approach”), omit “notifiable” in both places.
After section 310C insert—
For section 311 substitute—
Section 312 (duty of promoter to notify client of reference number) is amended as follows.
In the heading, at the end insert “ : section 311(2) case ”.
In subsection (2)—
after “any reference number” insert “ allocated in a case within section 311(2) ”;
for “one reference number” substitute “ one such reference number ”.
After section 312 insert—
Section 312A (duty of client to notify parties of reference number) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1)—
after “prescribed information” insert “ under section 312 ”;
for “allocated to the notifiable arrangements or proposed notifiable arrangements” substitute
After subsection (1) insert—
In subsection (4), for “notifiable arrangements or a notifiable proposal” substitute “ arrangements or a proposal ”.
Section 312B (duty of client to provide information to promoter) is amended as follows.
In the heading, omit “to promoter”.
For subsection (1) substitute—
In subsection (2), for “promoter” substitute “ person who provided the information ”.
Section 313 (duty of parties to notifiable arrangements to notify Board of number etc) is amended as follows.
For the heading substitute “ Duty of parties to notify HMRC of reference number etc ”.
In subsection (1), omit “notifiable”.
In subsection (2), for “any notifiable arrangements” substitute “ arrangements of any description ”.
In subsection (5), omit “notifiable”.
Section 313ZA (duty to provide details of clients) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1), for paragraphs (a) and (b) substitute—.
After subsection (1) insert—
Omit subsection (2).
In subsection (3), after “promoter” insert “ or (as the case may be) provider ”.
For subsection (4) substitute—
After subsection (5) insert—
Section 313ZB (enquiry following disclosure of client details) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1), for paragraph (a) substitute—.
In subsection (2), for “promoter”, in both places, substitute “ service provider ”.
In subsection (3), for “promoter” substitute “ service provider ”.
Section 313ZC (duty of employer to notify HMRC of details of employees etc) is amended as follows.
For subsection (2) substitute—
In subsection (3), after “312(2)” insert “ or 312ZA(2) ”.
In subsection (4), omit “notifiable”, in both places.
In subsection (6)—
omit “notifiable”, in both places;
after “312(6)” insert “ , 312ZA(4) ”.
In section 316 (information to be provided in form and manner specified by HMRC), in subsection (2)—
after “310C,” insert “ 311C, ”;
after “312(2),” insert “ 312ZA(2), ”.
In section 316A (duty to provide additional information), in subsections (1) and (2), after “312(2)” insert “ , 312ZA(2) ”.
Section 316C (publication by HMRC) is amended as follows.
For subsection (1) substitute—
In subsection (2)—
in paragraph (a)—
after “(1)(b)” insert “ or (c) ”;
for “308, 309 or 310” substitute “ any provision of this Part ”;
for paragraph (b) substitute—;
in paragraph (c), omit “notifiable”;
in paragraph (e), after “(1)(b)” insert “ or (c) ”.
In subsection (4), omit “notifiable”.
After subsection (4) insert—
In subsection (5)—
for “who is a promoter within subsection (1)(b)” substitute “ within subsection (1)(b) or (c) ”;
for “as a promoter” substitute “ as a promoter or a person involved in the supply of arrangements or proposed arrangements ”.
In subsection (6), for “a promoter within subsection (1)(b)” substitute “ a person within subsection (1)(b) or (c) ”.
After subsection (6) insert—
In section 316D (section 316C: subsequent judicial rulings), in subsection (1)(a), omit “notifiable”, in both places.
In section 318(1) (interpretation of Part 7), for the definition of “reference number” substitute—.
Amendments of Schedule 17 to F(No.2)A 2017
Schedule 17 to F(No.2)A 2017 (disclosure of tax avoidance schemes: VAT and other indirect taxes) is amended as follows.
Before Part 1 insert—
In paragraph 10(1) (meaning of “makes a firm approach”), omit “notifiable”.
After paragraph 21 insert—
For paragraph 22 (and the italic heading before it) substitute—
In the italic heading before paragraph 23, at the end insert “ : paragraph 22(2) case ”.
Paragraph 23 (duty of promoter to notify client of reference number) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (2)—
after “any reference number” insert “ allocated in a case within paragraph 22(2) ”;
for “one reference number” substitute “ one such reference number ”.
After paragraph 23 insert—
Paragraph 24 (duty of client to notify parties of reference number) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (1)—
omit “who is a promoter in relation to notifiable arrangements or a notifiable proposal”;
for “the arrangements or proposal” substitute “ arrangements or a proposal ”.
For sub-paragraph (2) substitute—
In sub-paragraph (4)(a), for “notifiable arrangements or proposed notifiable arrangements” substitute “ the arrangements or proposed arrangements ”.
In sub-paragraph (4)(b), for “by the promoter under paragraph 23” substitute “ under paragraph 23 or (as the case may be) paragraph 23A ”.
In sub-paragraph (5), for “notifiable arrangements or a notifiable proposal” substitute “ arrangements or a proposal ”.
In the italic heading before paragraph 25, omit “to promoter”.
Paragraph 25 (duty of client to provide information to promoter) is amended as follows.
For sub-paragraph (1) substitute—
In sub-paragraph (2), for “promoter” substitute “ person who provided the information ”.
For the italic heading before paragraph 26 substitute “ Duty of parties to notify HMRC of reference number etc ”.
Paragraph 26 (duty of parties to notifiable arrangements to notify HMRC of number etc) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (1), omit “notifiable”.
In sub-paragraph (1)(a), after “23” insert “ , 23A ”.
In sub-paragraph (2), for “any notifiable arrangements” substitute “ arrangements of any description ”.
In sub-paragraph (5), omit “notifiable”.
In the italic heading before paragraph 27 omit “of promoter”.
Paragraph 27 (duty of promoter to provide details of clients) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (1), for paragraphs (a) and (b) substitute—
After sub-paragraph (1) insert—
Omit sub-paragraph (2).
In sub-paragraph (3), after “promoter” insert “ or (as the case may be) provider ”.
For sub-paragraph (4) substitute—
After sub-paragraph (5) insert—
Paragraph 28 (enquiry following disclosure of client details) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (1), for paragraph (a) substitute—.
In sub-paragraph (2), for “promoter”, in both places, substitute “ service provider ”.
In sub-paragraph (3), for “promoter” substitute “ service provider ”.
In sub-paragraph (4) for “promoter” substitute “ service provider ”.
In paragraph 33 (duty to provide additional information), in sub-paragraphs (1) and (2), after “23(2)” insert “ , 23A(2) ”.
In paragraph 34 (information to be provided in form and manner specified by HMRC), in sub-paragraph (2)—
after “21(3),” insert “ 22C, ”;
after “23(2),” insert “ 23A(2), ”.
Paragraph 36 (publication by HMRC) is amended as follows.
For sub-paragraph (1) substitute—
In sub-paragraph (2)—
in paragraph (a)—
after “(1)(b)” insert “ or (c) ”;
for “11, 12, 17 or 18” substitute “ any provision of this Part ”;
for paragraph (b) substitute—;
in paragraph (c), omit “notifiable”;
in paragraph (d), after “(1)(b)” insert “ or (c) ”.
In sub-paragraph (4), omit “notifiable”.
After sub-paragraph (4), insert—
In sub-paragraph (5)—
for “who is a promoter within sub-paragraph (1)(b)” substitute “ within sub-paragraph (1)(b) or (c) ”;
for “as a promoter” substitute “ as a promoter or a person involved in the supply of arrangements or proposed arrangements ”.
In sub-paragraph (6), for “a promoter within sub-paragraph (1)(b)” substitute “ a person within sub-paragraph (1)(b) or (c) ”.
After sub-paragraph (6) insert—
In paragraph 37 (paragraph 36: subsequent judicial rulings), in sub-paragraph (1)(a), omit “notifiable”, in both places.
Paragraph 39 (penalty for failure to comply with duties under Part 1 of Schedule) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (1)(a)(i), for “or 19” substitute “ , 19 or 22C ”.
In sub-paragraph (2)—
after paragraph (f) insert—;
after paragraph (g) insert—.
In sub-paragraph (4), in the table, at the end insert—.
In paragraph 40 (penalties: supplementary), in sub-paragraph (2), after paragraph (a) (but before the “and” immediately after it) insert—.
In paragraph 57(1) (interpretation of Schedule), for the definition of “reference number” substitute—.
Other amendments
Section 98C of TMA 1970 (notification under Part 7 of FA 2004: penalties) is amended as follows.
In subsection (1)(a)(i), for “or (ca)” substitute “ , (ca) or (cc) ”.
In subsection (2)—
after paragraph (cb) insert—;
after paragraph (d) insert—.
In subsection (2ZA)(b), at the beginning insert “ (subject to subsection (2ZAB)) ”.
In subsection (2ZA), in the table, at the end insert—.
After subsection (2ZA) insert—
In subsection (2ZB), after paragraph (a) (but before the “and” immediately after it) insert—.
Chapter 3 of Part 4 of FA 2014 (accelerated payment) is amended as follows.
In section 219 (circumstances in which an accelerated payment notice may be given)—
in subsection (5)(a), omit “notifiable”;
in subsection (5)(b), omit “notifiable” in each place;
in subsection (5)(c)—
for “the promoter” substitute “ a person ”;
after “312(2)” insert “ or 312ZA(2) ”;
omit “notifiable”;
in subsection (6)—
omit “notifiable”;
after “312(6)” insert “ or 312ZA(4) ”;
for “promoters” substitute “ persons ”.
In section 227 (withdrawal, modification or suspension of accelerated payment notice), for subsection (5) substitute—
Commencement
This Schedule comes into force on the day on which this Act is passed (“the commencement date”), subject to paragraphs 45 and 46.
Section 310D of FA 2004 (inserted by paragraph 4) applies only in relation to transactions entered into, firm approaches made, and proposals that are made available for implementation, on or after the commencement date.
So far as applicable to a person who is not a promoter in relation to the arrangements or proposed arrangements, section 312ZA of FA 2004 (inserted by paragraph 7) applies only where a person is providing, or has provided, services to the client (within the meaning of that section) on or after the commencement date.
Section 316C(1)(c) of FA 2004 (inserted by paragraph 16(2)) applies—
in relation to a person who is or was a promoter in relation to arrangements or proposed arrangements, regardless of when that is or was the case, and
in relation to a person who is otherwise involved in the supply of arrangements or proposed arrangements, only where the person is so involved on or after the commencement date.
Expressions used in this paragraph and Part 7 of FA 2004 have the same meaning in this paragraph as they have in that Part.
Paragraph 21A of Schedule 17 to F(No.2)A 2017 (inserted by paragraph 22) applies only in relation to transactions entered into, firm approaches made, and proposals that are made available for implementation, on or after the commencement date.
So far as applicable to a person who is not a promoter in relation to the arrangements or proposed arrangements, paragraph 23A of Schedule 17 to F(No.2)A 2017 (inserted by paragraph 26) applies only where a person is providing, or has provided, services to the client (within the meaning of that paragraph) on or after the commencement date.
Paragraph 36(1)(c) of Schedule 17 to F(No.2)A 2017 (inserted by paragraph 37(2)) applies—
in relation to a person who is or was a promoter in relation to arrangements or proposed arrangements, regardless of when that is or was the case, and
in relation to a person who is otherwise involved in the supply of arrangements or proposed arrangements, only where the person is so involved on or after the commencement date.
Expressions used in this paragraph and Schedule 17 to F(No.2)A 2017 have the same meaning in this paragraph as they have in that Schedule.
The GAAR and partnerships
New Schedule to FA 2013
After Schedule 43C of FA 2013 insert—
Minor and consequential amendments to Part 5 of FA 2013
Part 5 of FA 2013 is amended as follows.
Section 209 (counteracting tax advantages) is amended as follows.
In subsection (5), for “the person to whom the tax advantage would arise” substitute “ anyone else ”.
After subsection (6) insert—
For subsections (8) and (9) substitute—
In subsection (10)(a), after “43” insert “ or paragraph 5 of Schedule 43D. ”
After section 209AB insert—
Section 209AC (sections 209AA and 209AB: definitions) is amended as follows.
In the heading for “and 209AB” substitute “ to 209ABA ”.
In subsection (1)—
in the opening words for “and 209AB” substitute “ to 209ABA ”,
in the definition of “GAAR procedural requirements” for “or 43B” substitute “ , 43B, or (as the case may be) 43D ”, and
in the definition of “lesser adjustments” after “Schedule 43 or 43A notice” insert “ (within the meaning of section 209AB) or the Schedule 43D notice (within the meaning of section 209ABA) ”.
In subsection (2) for “and 209AB” substitute “ to 209ABA ”.
In section 210 (consequential relieving adjustments)—
in subsection (1)(b) omit “by the taxpayer”, and
for subsection (10) substitute—
In section 212A (penalty), in subsection (1)(c)(ii) for “paragraph (c)” substitute “ paragraph (b) ”.
After section 212A insert—
In section 214(1)—
in the entry for “notice of binding” after “43A” insert “ or paragraph 10 of Schedule 43D (as the case may be) ”,
in the entry for “pooling notice” for “paragraph 1(4) of Schedule 43A” insert “ paragraph 1(3) of Schedule 43A or paragraph 10 of Schedule 43D (as the case may be); ”, and
omit the entry for “tax appeal”.
Schedule 43 (general anti-abuse rule: procedural requirements) is amended as follows.
Omit paragraph 1A.
In paragraph 4A(3)(b) omit the words from the beginning to “that notice,”.
In paragraph 4A(7)—
at the beginning insert “ Where a tax enquiry is in progress, ”, and
omit “(whether or not before the specified time)”.
In paragraph 13(1) omit “to the taxpayer”.
After paragraph 13 insert—
Schedule 43A (procedural requirements: pooling notices and notices of binding) is amended as follows.
In paragraph 1(1), after “43” insert “ , or paragraph 5 of Schedule 43D, ”.
In paragraph 4(7), at the beginning insert “ Where a tax enquiry is in progress, ”.
In paragraph 12(1), omit “to the person concerned”.
Schedule 43B (procedural requirements: generic referral of tax arrangements) is amended as follows.
In paragraph 2(1)(a), after “43” insert “ or paragraph 5 of Schedule 43D (as the case may be) ”.
In paragraph 3—
in sub-paragraph (3)(a), after “43” insert “ or paragraph 5 of Schedule 43D (as the case may be) ”,
in sub-paragraph (3A), after “43” insert “ or paragraph 5 of Schedule 43D ”, and
in sub-paragraph (3A) omit “(by virtue of paragraph 4A of that Schedule)”.
In paragraph 9(1), omit “to the person concerned”.
Schedule 43C (penalty under section 212A: supplementary provision) is amended as follows.
In the heading after “212A” insert “ or 212B ”.
In paragraph 1, for “section 212A” substitute “ sections 212A and 212B ”
In paragraph 2—
for sub-paragraph (1), substitute—,
for “section 212A(1)(c)” substitute “ section 212A(1)(d) or as result of the counteraction mentioned in 212B(1)(b) (as the case may be) ”, and
in sub-paragraph (5), for “the”, in the second place it occurs, substitute “ a ”.
In paragraph 3(1) omit “mentioned in section 212A(1)(b) (“the tax advantage”)”.
In paragraph 4(1), after “212A” insert “ or 212B (as the case may be) ”.
In paragraph 5—
in sub-paragraph (1), after “212A” insert “ or 212B (as the case may be) ”, and
in sub-paragraph (2), for paragraph (a) substitute—, and
in sub-paragraph (5), after “section 212A(1)(d)” insert “ or section 212B(1)(b) (as the case may be) ”.
In paragraph 8—
in sub-paragraph (1)(b), after “212A” insert “ or 212B (as the case may be) ”, and
in sub-paragraph (4), after “212A” insert “ or 212B ”.
In paragraph 9—
in sub-paragraph (1)(a), after “212A” insert “ or 212B ”, and
after sub-paragraph (1) insert—
In paragraph 10(1), after section 212A insert “ or 212B ”.
Licensing authorities: requirements to give or obtain tax information
Meaning of “authorisation”, “authorised activity” and “licensing authority” etc
In this Schedule—
“authorisation” means an authorisation mentioned in the first column of the table in sub-paragraph (2);
“authorised activity” means the activity authorised by an authorisation (described, for ease of reference, in the second column of the table);
“licensing authority” means the person who grants an authorisation (described, for ease of reference, in the third column of the table);
references to the “category” of an authorisation or authorised activity are to the category assigned to it in the fourth column of the table.
Here is the table—
In the table—“CG(S)A 1982” means the Civic Government (Scotland) Act 1982;“LBOO 2009” means the Civic Government (Scotland) Act 1982 (Licensing of Booking Offices) Order 2009 (S.S.I. 2009/145);“LG(MP)A 1976” means the Local Government (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1976;“MPCA 1869” means the Metropolitan Public Carriage Act 1869;“PCCA 1975” means the Plymouth City Council Act 1975;“PHV(L)A 1998” means the Private Hire Vehicles (London) Act 1998;“SMDA 2013” means the Scrap Metal Dealers Act 2013;“TA(NI) 2008” means the Taxis Act (Northern Ireland) 2008 (c. 4 (N.I.));“TPCA 1847” means the Town Police Clauses Act 1847.
First-time application: licensing authority required to give information about tax compliance
Sub-paragraph (2) applies where—
an individual or company applies to a licensing authority for an authorisation, and
the application is a first-time application.
The licensing authority may not consider the application until it has—
drawn the applicant's attention to such guidance relating to tax compliance as is for the time being specified for the purposes of this paragraph by the HMRC Commissioners,
obtained confirmation from the applicant that the applicant is aware of the contents of that guidance, and
drawn the applicant's attention to the powers of officers of HMRC to obtain information from the licensing authority about the applicant arising under—
Schedule 36 to FA 2008 (information and inspection powers), and
Schedule 23 to FA 2011 (data-gathering powers).
For the purposes of this Schedule an application for an authorisation is a “first-time” application if the applicant—
has not previously been granted a relevant authorisation, or
has previously been granted a relevant authorisation, but no relevant authorisation has been in effect in relation to the person for a period of one year ending with the date on which the application is made.
For the purposes of sub-paragraph (3) an authorisation is “relevant” if—
it is the authorisation to which the application in question relates, or
it is in the same category as that authorisation.
Renewed application: licensing authority required to obtain confirmation of tax check
Sub-paragraph (2) applies where—
an individual or company applies to a licensing authority for an authorisation, and
the application is not a first-time application.
The licensing authority may not consider the application unless it has—
requested confirmation from HMRC that the applicant has, within the required period, completed a tax check in relation to the authorised activity in question, and
obtained that confirmation from HMRC.
Sub-paragraph (2) is subject to paragraph 6 (no requirement to confirm completion of tax check where HMRC in default).
For the purposes of this Schedule “the required period”, in relation to an application, means the period of 120 days ending with the day on which the request under sub-paragraph (2)(a) is made in relation to the application.
HMRC required to make arrangements in connection with tax checks
HMRC must make arrangements (whether by means of a website or otherwise) for—
enabling tax checks to be undertaken by persons who have applied, or who propose to apply, for an authorisation, and
enabling licensing authorities to make, and HMRC to respond to, requests under paragraph 3(2)(a) (requests for confirmation of completed tax check).
HMRC must make arrangements (whether by means of a website or otherwise) for enabling licensing authorities to confirm the availability during any period of arrangements made pursuant to sub-paragraph (1)(a).
Tax checks
For the purposes of this Schedule a person undertakes a “tax check” in relation to an authorised activity by doing the following in accordance with arrangements made pursuant to paragraph 4(1)(a)—
giving HMRC such information as HMRC may reasonably request in order to be satisfied that the person has complied with any obligation of the person to give a notice of liability in respect of the relevant period,
if the person has delivered a tax return to HMRC in respect of the relevant period, confirming to HMRC whether or not the return included information relating to relevant authorised activity income, and
giving HMRC such information as HMRC may reasonably request in order to assess the effectiveness of this Schedule in improving the tax compliance of persons carrying on authorised activities.
The information that HMRC may request a person to give under sub-paragraph (1)(a) and (c) includes, in particular—
the person's name and other information enabling the person to be identified (such as an individual's or company's Unique Taxpayer Reference, an individual's date of birth or national insurance number, or a company's registered number);
the authorised activity in respect of which the person has applied, or proposes to apply, for authorisation (“the authorised activity”);
information about the person's existing or previous authorisations in respect of the authorised activity or authorised activities in the same category as that activity (such as length or date of expiry).
A tax check undertaken by a person in relation to an authorised activity—
is “initiated” on the earlier of—
the first day on which HMRC receive any information in response to a request under sub-paragraph (1)(a) and (c), and
in a case in which the person is required to give the confirmation mentioned in sub-paragraph (1)(b), the day on which HMRC receive that confirmation;
is “completed” on the day on which HMRC indicates to the person that they are satisfied that they have received—
all of the information requested under sub-paragraph (1)(a) and (c), and
in a case in which the person is required to give the confirmation mentioned in sub-paragraph (1)(b), that confirmation.
In this paragraph—“notice of liability” means—a notice under section 7 of TMA 1970 (notice of liability to income tax), or a notice under paragraph 2 of Schedule 18 to FA 1998 (duty to give notice of chargeability to corporation tax);“relevant authorised activity income” means income that arose from the authorised activity or an authorised activity in the same category as that activity;“the relevant period” means—in relation to a notice of liability or tax return under TMA 1970, the most recent tax year to have ended 6 months or more before the day on which the tax check is initiated; in relation to a notice of liability or tax return under Schedule 18 to FA 1998, the most recent accounting period of the company to have ended 12 months or more before the day on which the tax check is initiated;“tax return” means—a return required to be made under section 8 of TMA 1970 (personal return), or a return required to be made under paragraph 3 of Schedule 18 to FA 1998 (company tax return).
Requirement to confirm completion of tax check ceases to apply if HMRC in default
Paragraph 3(2) (requirement of licensing authority to request and receive confirmation that applicant has completed tax check before considering application) ceases to apply in relation to an application if either of the following conditions is met.
The first condition is that—
at any time after the application is made, the licensing authority requests the applicant to give it further information for the purpose of enabling it to make a request, or make a further request, under paragraph 3(2)(a) (request for confirmation of completed tax check) in relation to the application,
the applicant notifies the licensing authority that arrangements made pursuant to paragraph 4(1)(a) (HMRC arrangements for enabling tax checks to be undertaken) were unavailable throughout—
the period of 5 days beginning with the day on which the request under paragraph (a) was made, or
such later period of 5 days as the applicant specifies, and
the licensing authority verifies, in accordance with arrangements made pursuant to paragraph 4(2), the information notified to the licensing authority under paragraph (b).
The second condition is that—
arrangements made pursuant to paragraph 4(1)(b) (HMRC arrangements for confirming tax check status) are unavailable throughout—
the period of 5 days beginning with the day on which the licensing authority first attempts to make use of them for the purposes of the application, or
any later period of 5 days, and
as a result, the licensing authority is prevented from making a request under paragraph 3(2)(a) (request for confirmation of completed tax check) in relation to the application that it would otherwise have made in that period.
Disclosure of information
HMRC (or anyone acting on their behalf) may, for the purpose mentioned in sub-paragraph (2), disclose to a licensing authority (or anyone acting on their behalf) any confirmation or other information given to HMRC in the course of a tax check.
The purpose is to enable or assist the licensing authority or HMRC to comply with this Schedule.
A person who receives information as a result of this paragraph—
may use it only for the purpose of complying with this Schedule, and
may not further disclose it without the consent of the HMRC Commissioners (which may be general or specific).
If—section 19 of CRCA 2005 (offence of wrongful disclosure) applies in relation to that disclosure as it applies in relation to a disclosure in contravention of section 20(9) of that Act.
a person discloses information in contravention of sub-paragraph (3)(b), and
the information relates to a person whose identity is specified in, or can be deduced from, the disclosure,
Nothing in this paragraph authorises a disclosure of information if the disclosure would contravene the data protection legislation or is prohibited by the investigatory powers legislation (but in determining whether a disclosure would do either of those things, the power conferred by sub-paragraph (1) is to be taken into account).
In sub-paragraph (5)—“the data protection legislation” has the same meaning as in the Data Protection Act 2018 (see section 3 of that Act);“the investigatory powers legislation” means Parts 1 to 7 and Chapter 1 of Part 9 of the Investigatory Powers Act 2016.
Nothing in this section limits the circumstances in which information may be disclosed under section 18(2) of CRCA 2005 or under any other enactment or rule of law.
Regulations
The HMRC Commissioners may by regulations make provision about—
the form or manner in which any information may or must be requested, or given, for the purposes of this Schedule;
when any information is to be regarded for the purposes of this Schedule as having been requested, given or obtained;
the retention or copying of any information obtained by a licensing authority (or anyone acting on its behalf) under this Schedule.
References in sub-paragraph (1) to information include—
the confirmation mentioned in paragraph 2(2)(b), 3(2) or 5(1)(b), and
the indication mentioned in paragraph 5(3).
Regulations under sub-paragraph (1) may—
make provision which applies generally or only for specified cases or purposes;
make different provision for different cases or purposes;
include incidental, consequential, transitional or transitory provision;
confer a discretion on HMRC.
The HMRC Commissioners may by regulations amend any of the following provisions by substituting a different number of days for that for the time being specified in it—
paragraph 3(4) (length of period after which tax check expires);
sub-paragraphs (i) and (ii) of paragraph 6(2)(b) (length of period throughout which HMRC systems must be unavailable to applicant for waiver of requirement for tax check);
sub-paragraphs (i) and (ii) of paragraph 6(3)(a) (length of period throughout which HMRC systems must be unavailable to licensing authority for waiver of requirement for tax check).
Regulations under this paragraph are to be made by statutory instrument.
A statutory instrument containing regulations under this paragraph is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons.
Interpretation
In this Schedule—“authorisation” has the meaning given by paragraph 1;“authorised activity” has the meaning given by paragraph 1;“category”, in relation to an authorisation or authorised activity, has the meaning given by paragraph 1;“company” has the same meaning as in the Corporation Tax Acts (see section 1121 of CTA 2010);“completed”, in relation to a tax check, has the meaning given by paragraph 5(3);“first-time”, in relation to an application for an authorisation, has the meaning given by paragraph 2(3);“HMRC” means Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs;“HMRC Commissioners” means the Commissioners for Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs;“initiated”, in relation to a tax check, has the meaning given by paragraph 5(3);“licensing authority” has the meaning given by paragraph 1;“the required period”, in relation to an application for an authorisation, has the meaning given by paragraph 3(4);“tax check” has the meaning given by paragraph 5(1);“tax compliance” means compliance with obligations under the Tax Acts.
Partnerships
A reference in this Schedule to an individual or company applying for an authorisation includes a reference to that individual or company applying, in their capacity as a partner in a partnership, for an authorisation of the partnership.
In relation to an application for an authorisation of the kind mentioned in sub-paragraph (1)—
the reference to the applicant in paragraph 2(3) (meaning of “first- time” application) is to the partnership;
any other reference in this Schedule to the applicant is to the individual or company who makes the application.
In this paragraph—
“partnership” includes a limited liability partnership that is carrying on a business with a view to profit, and
“partner” includes a member of such a body.
Consequential amendments
In the Transport Act 1985, section 17 (London taxi driver licensing: appeals) is amended in accordance with sub-paragraphs (2) and (3).
In subsection (7) after “shall” insert “ (subject to subsections (12) to (14)) ”.
After subsection (11) insert—
In the Scrap Metal Dealers Act 2013, in Schedule 1 (further provision about licences), paragraph 1 (term of licence) is amended in accordance with sub-paragraphs (5) and (6).
In sub-paragraph (2), after paragraph (a) insert—.
After sub-paragraph (2) insert—
Information powers: miscellaneous amendments
Schedule 36 to FA 2008 (information and inspection powers) is amended as follows.
Disclosure of third party or financial institution notice
After paragraph 51 insert—
Increased daily default penalty
The existing text of paragraph 47 (right to appeal against penalty) is renumbered as sub-paragraph (1) and after that sub-paragraph as renumbered insert—
In paragraph 48 (procedure on appeal against penalty)—
in sub-paragraph (3), for “paragraph 47(a)” substitute “ paragraph 47(1)(a) ”, and
in sub-paragraph (4), for “paragraph 47(b)” substitute “ paragraph 47(1)(b) ”.
Paragraph 49A (increased daily penalty) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (1)(c), for “imposed” substitute “ assessable ”.
In sub-paragraph (2), for “imposed” substitute “ assessable ”.
For sub-paragraphs (3) and (4) substitute—
In sub-paragraph (5), in the opening words, for “the amount” substitute “ the new maximum amount ”.
In sub-paragraph (6), at the end insert “ but as if the reference in paragraph 41(2)(a) to this Act were to FA 2021 ”.
Paragraph 49B is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (1), for “a person becomes liable to a penalty” substitute “ the tribunal makes a determination ”.
In sub-paragraph (2), for the words from “the day” to the end substitute “ the new maximum amount and the day from which it applies ”.
Omit sub-paragraph (3).
Omit paragraph 49C.
Power to give taxpayer notice following land transaction return
Paragraph 21A (taxpayer notices following land transaction return) is amended as follows.
In sub-paragraph (2), for “A to C” substitute “ A to D ”.
After sub-paragraph (6) insert—
Commencement
The amendments made by paragraph 8 have effect whenever the land transaction return under section 76 of FA 2003 was delivered.